发帖回复

«7 8 91011 12 13 14 »

共24页

上一主题下一主题

19216阅读
233回复

浏览小技巧

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 90 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2007-09-29 08:54
压码听懂的纵向法
压码听懂介绍到现在已经应用了很多其他压码法，今天讲一下压码听懂的纵向法。一提到纵向法大家就感觉难，现在不是很多人都可以自学学会一次朗读理解英文字典单词的纵向法了吗？所以练习压码法首先是学会压码法的思维方式。
英语听力的根本就是听懂，光练习压码听清就会给人英语无法听懂的错觉。是否学会了压码听懂，最总目标就是你可以回想出来一册书，而这本书只有10几页，就是你好美国的互动磁带文本。练习了以后可以说你听说读写都已经没有问题了。这就是采用任何一个方法都可以达到压码法五个阶段综合直通练习的目的。单一压码方法直通车练习就是纵向练习的问题。所以我们可以把压码听懂比作压码听力的纵向法。
我们知道压码纵向法查英语字典，是有一本电子书就是用英语解释英语单词的克林斯字典，不能用纸张印刷的，必须用免费下载的电子版，使用方法必须是纵向法，其他方法不能达到一次朗读全部返回理解的能力。因为纵向法有它内部的必然联系，就是将一个单词和其他单词之间的解释连环套通过纵向查找的方法解开它个扣子。而使用的记忆练习的方法是英文通软件。整个纵向法的压码朗读、压码查找，压码结构、压码理解、压码抄写、压码记忆、压码复述，都遵循压码理解记忆语音的规律。所以他是通过克林斯字典实现英语思维的听说读写。整个压码法就是贯穿到一次读懂（纵向法）、一次看懂（连环看电影）、一次听懂的学习原则的。一些学员对于学习压码法的十个方法都能做到一次学会，但是最后没有成功，根本原因就是没有理解压码法的纵向直通车的原理。
压码听懂也是这样。压码听懂是可以做到纵向只要练习就能达到听说读写全面发展要求的，这就是不但要听清，还要听懂，还要压码记忆住。这里的克林斯字典就是你好美国的互动磁带，它是将英语口语和听力进行详细分解和合成的教材，他分解到一个单词串联起来一篇文章，一册课文串联到类似的单词，单词延伸到词组，词组组成句子，长句子分拆到最小的简单句子，简单句子任意地替换，短句子组合成复杂句子，复杂句子进行类似的归类应用，进行不同语法结构的分拆合成，层层深入，英语场景已听懂抓住关键信息为线索，非常具体细腻，复杂句子可以进行前后以及中间任意插入和延伸。一个段落以场景和练习为依据，通过引导语串联到一起。每篇文章之间就像一个场景的浓缩一样，通过一个单词连接到一起组成了关键信息，形成一册书练习，而整个初级到高级12册书每册短短20页篇幅就将整个一个电视台的广泛视角组成一部电视台长篇电视连续剧的电影，内涵涵盖到美国生活的80%的生活场景，所以说互动磁带就是一部好的克林斯字典。
而压码听懂学习法直通车就像压码纵向法的一样纵向练习，与这部《你好美国》电影剧本的互动练习实现了无缝连接，我们只要采用一种压码听懂的学习方法，就可以练习压码听清的深度听清与互动磁带一一对应，压码抄写和压码听写采用互动磁带文本介绍的场景听懂的方式用压码心中和手的意念进行压码划和关键信息听到后记到纸上的办法实现常速播放的信息压码理解记忆，而压码注音可以将音节字头采用压码听清的心念方式在心中完成全部一篇课文的准确语音自然注音，压码写作可以采用整理互动磁带文本层次结构融合到压码听懂练习后的层次结构理解记忆上，压码写作变成了利用互动磁带文本的方式进行自然变换进行整理、归纳总结和模仿写作，对压码听懂的文章进行压码回想也是采用心念加笔念的方式进行，将互动磁带的引导思维方式应用到压码听懂上进行练习后的铜篇文章到整个一册书本的理解记忆，从而实现压码复述的目的，同时练习到最总还可以达到不是默写、也不是背诵课文的压码听懂英语思维替换、延伸、拓展、连接，根据听懂以后压码记忆情况进行心中回想的英语思维，可以用笔记录下来一直写下去，这样通过自我压码记忆的方式进行压码写作，从而对听懂学会的互动磁带文本的系列场景和使用对话的结构、层次、变换规律得到应用，使练习压码对话拓展训练自己大脑有一个完整大压码影响，可以灵活地脱离开课本进行自由练习，自问自答练习口语。由于压码听懂是采用听看理解、压码听懂检验和压码阅读记忆，电脑归纳总结的方式进行的。在遇到不能听懂的时候，再通过快速压码阅读听清语音记忆方式来练习达到特殊情况下快速压码理解文本的目的，从而对磁带文本为中心听说训练和课文文本、课文练习、课文阅读与复习以及光盘有机地结合成一个纵向的网络，采用纵向练习压码听懂也很简单，只要将不同课文语音用神奇变速器去掉单一课文语音复读的勾即可解决，这样在晚上睡觉的时候就能将全部语音8小时连接到一起，一是可以立即达到醒来深度完全听清状态下的听懂自然理解，同时在没有进入睡眠状态下也可以对不能完全理解的课文检验出来。所以压码听懂学习法通过一个方法练习就可以对所有10个基本压码方法进行有效的合成到一种练习方法之中的纵向练习，是压码听懂达纵向法。对于听力不能完全解决的记忆方法还可以通过压码抄写理解记忆和压码注音理解记忆、压码跟读理解记忆以及压码朗读拓展训练理解记忆进行补充练习，这样以听力为主的突击强化训练就有了根本地保障。左翼可以称作压码听懂纵向法的直通车训练。
还有一个压码听懂软件就是将语音、文本和频谱有机结合到一起的练习。最近软件没有找到，方法可以参阅以前在辅导效果日记中的压码听懂练习的文章进行。
压码听懂直通车练习就是通过磁带文本的书学习资料（相当于口语听力克林斯字典）、压码听懂学习法文字辅导的实例学习日记（相当于查字典的纵向法）和压码听懂学习软件（相当于建立层次结构的视觉记忆的引文通软件）来实现压码听懂纵向练习的。
压码听懂学习法本身的方法就是压码听清深度训练的多重压码、压码多个句子和连环心中回想，与其他压码法的压码模仿、压码跟读、压码连环听写抄写磁带文本、压码连环听写抄写字典、压码连环跟读电影、压码连环听看读报纸想一致的。所以学会了压码听清的深度听清就可以练习压码听懂。对于练习的方法、措施，只要看着这个压码听懂练习日记的文章的思路练习就可以了，大家在练习的时候也可以这样形式地写日记，就是遇到听力理解记忆的问题就根据压码的思路进行解决，不能听懂的问题我遇到的你都会再次遇到，我的解决办法你可以加以压码模仿主要是思路的压码即可，压码听懂以后的学习实例都在每篇文章中进行归纳示范，实现压码听懂学习法和互动磁带的连接。学会一篇文章的压码就像学会查字典解决了一个单词的纵向查找朗读理解返回一样，实际上基本上一篇课文也是围绕一个单词进行的。不过这个单词就是不用学习语法的语法现象不用学习规则而在口语中直接应用而已。这样你只要想我这样一天练习压码理解记忆一篇完整文章，在练习一册课文互动磁带文本以后，你的英语思维听力理解记忆能力就实现了。

sunyuting1 2007-09-29 11:46
压码听懂其实和压码听清一样就是一种感觉
压码听懂真正达到和我们母语一样无论任何英语材料都能立即自然反应全部一字不差地理解记忆不容易，但是压码法确实可以实现一次压码听懂，尽管有时压码听懂的感觉也在变化，不想压码听清一样一次听清永久听清，他又一个理解后的记忆在那里，遗忘是必然的，记忆是相对的。压码理解记忆只是从理解记忆一个句子一个句子理解，通过压码记忆的办法实现语音、文本和意思的三者合成，实际上学习英语就是理解和记忆住而已。我们的压码听清从压码记忆一个句子的语音开始，深度听清最多也只能达到压码三个句子左右，这是任何方法都有一种极限。而只要改变一种思路就从另外的角度可以很快打破这个极限，压码听懂就是从压码听清的压码机个句子、压码长句子的训练过渡到压码段落、压码整篇文章而已。就和压码注音可以从压码听清一个句子到压码记忆一篇课文的语音一样，大大提高了压码语音的时间长度。而压码听懂记忆一篇文章的内容为核心，将压码注音压码一篇文章的语音有逐步提高到压码记忆他的语音、文本和意义三个方面的层次，这说明不停的压码法的压码能力是可以提高的。
学会压码听懂以后，你可以逐步具备一遍听懂的能力，这就是一种感觉，你要不断去练习、开发和寻找。你学习压码听懂以后的感觉，比如在进行阅读课文的时候，就会自动生成磁带语音的节奏语感，快速理解。但永远不要祈求向中文速读一分钟几万单词的速度，因为视觉图片阅读我们虽然也开发出来了，但是很不稳定，时好时坏，原因就是压码有语音，而正是学习英语的理解的关键之处，所以达到一分钟阅读200-400单词速度已经足够了。相信速读达到中文几万速度的朋友也不太可能达到理解记忆英文这样的速度，可能英语还是不能直接理解的。昨天晚上我练习压码阅读了第九册一册全部内容还没有完成，但是阅读理解速度也基本够用了。所以大家开始练习压码听懂达时候只要达到一天一篇文章即可了。如果我们想快速压码听懂的时候，只是扫尾放松一下理解后压码记忆就可以做到加快进度了，一天连续练习一册两三遍这样速度就上去了。所以开始关键的是一篇文章的完全理解和记忆的感觉。压码听懂感觉有了，就会感觉一册文章听完一遍就能理解了。如果这种感觉丢失的时候，还可能出现反复。这是你要多看看我的日记进行两项，自己练习地时候也多谢一些日记，往往类似的问题和解决方式都会重复出现的，以后练习不在状态的时候，你自己看看日记就可以扭转感觉了。
在压码听懂中有很多地习惯需要养成。比如你对很多文章进行归纳总结，就会将你好美国互动磁带的精华不停地消化吸收，形成自己完整的压码体系。你自己练习压码口语训练的时候，大脑积累的程序就会被逐渐打开，不会再出现练习朗读拓展口语训练因为找不到练习伙伴而复发进行下去的情况了。你自己就是自己对练习伙伴，自己不断地引导、提醒自己进行压码内容的转换，就会从一个练习不断过渡到不同练习，将不同课文整合到一起。
能够听懂英语的朋友很多，但是通过压码听懂这种简单的压码听看、压码听懂检验、压码阅读记忆方法总体还是比较直观和简单的。学习英语怎样叫做学会一篇文章，能够理解太容易了，关键是理解以后完全消化吸收记忆下来。传统的方法也可以解决，比如背诵课文的方法、听写课文方法、默写课文的方法，但是毕竟速度和效率是比较慢的。学习也需要较长达积累过程。实际上一天理解记忆一篇文章语音、文本、意思的压码能力已经足够你叫快速学会英语的应用的。
怎样叫已经学会一篇文章？单独单词、语法、句子、背诵、分析的方式可以叫做理解、记忆。但是如果记忆语音、文本和意思就不是那么容易实现的。所以大家要学会多方位压码合成的能力。
自己听懂第一次憋出来又一定难度，但是只要按照思路进行就足够了。遇到问题都可以进行变通训练。所以我才写了这样具体训练压码听懂的不同文章。目的就是让大家逐步找到这种压码听懂的感觉，找到理解记忆一篇文章的感觉。

脑震荡 2007-09-29 20:20
看来我还是对压码听懂理解得不深啊。孙老师的文章需要反复的揣摩。
但是我自己有个体会：有时候电影里的句子，不压码的时候听里面有不认识的单词（两个或以上），所以不知道什么意思。压码以后，自然能理解了。有点像千万第三阶段以后读句子的感觉，句子里其实有个别单词不知道具体的意思，但是可以大概的理解整句的意思。
开始我以为压码听懂是指这样为“听懂”，现在看来远不是这样，自己要努力了。

sunyuting1 2007-09-30 09:30
压码听懂以后的印证是利用英语思维造句口头作文压码回想
练习压码听懂，听懂效果如何，听懂以后记住了多少，记住了心中回想复述效果如何，自己利用压码听懂记住的课文内容进行英语思维回想是否连贯、流畅，将课文的结构顺序句子练习是否可以通过英语思维心中回想进行造句，造句是否可以将以前课文的情景加入其中，是否可以自己编织自己的情景变成段落，是否可以利用引导语和情景将基本句型编织出文章，自己听清记忆的结构内容是否可以进行替换、自己提问和回答并将句子不断添加引导语将简单句子变成复杂句子，是否可以在说话中进行应用，是否可以自己复述出来并写下来，是否在写的时候随意进行扩展应用？这些都是自己检验自己压码听懂记忆应用的能力。
由于互动磁带是以拓展练习为依托的互动练习形式，听懂的标志不是简单的每个句子听到后已经明白意思，还要记住明白的意思，不然就会学了白学，压码回想的时候一片茫然，如果想背诵课文一样就会前后失去连贯性不能流畅地进行英语思维，因为尽管你还没有背过，但是可以通过你的回想大量造句来填补这些事件空白，把进行英语造句变成系列的句子，变成带有英语自设情景的英语思维，变成英语文章。
如果你只是压码记住句子，那么你进行回想的时候前后结构就比较凌乱，如果你压码理解记忆达到段落压码到整个文章，你就可以逐步按照自己整理的课文先粗后细腻表达出来，学习的就不但是句型表达式而是可以变成自己可以实际应用的长篇思维，可以加长，可以缩小，可以不断变换，体验英语思维的乐趣。
这样虽然你练习一篇课文的速度并不高，但是练习的压码听懂却可以记忆下来进行应用，前面学会的课文还可以进行应用到本课之中，防止遗忘或者减少遗忘，能够进行应用的习惯养成了，即使遗忘以后还很容易快速重新学会。
压码法各个方法之间都是可以相互强化提高的。压码听懂了，自己压码跟读可以进行加深口语发音节奏的印象，压码抄写可以加深文字的印象，压码注音可以加深语音的印象。如果你没有完全压码听懂都可以用这些方法进行强化。
同时以方法练习的好与差也可以用其他方法来进行检验和印证，压码听懂了，看看压码听写、默写、造句、写作怎样，压码听懂了看看心中回想、复述怎样？经过检验还有不足的地方自己就理解知道下面怎样进行改进深化练习了。
但是，压码法在不经过其他方法练习，采用一个方法看看自己是否可以达到其他方法的练习目的，检验一下压码听懂就可以了。所以要用一个方法练习，其他方法进行检验的办法来督促自己不断进步。发现问题，解决问题。这样练习的结果就会使自己大大提高学习效率。学习采用一种方法就可以学会英语的应用。
这样练习的好处在哪里？不如说你练习万了压码听懂一篇课文，你在上班路上，就可以利用英语思维，也就是心中回想复述的办法进行检验自己压码听懂记忆的效果，节省了学习时间。
你在上班的路上进行回忆完了，在回到电脑旁边看看论坛上的文本和你的总结是否正确，你自己在没有语音、文本的时候自己顺着自己的思维能够写下来多少，还有那个单词的拼写没有记住，还有那些句子自己造句不够准确，还有那些句子不能顺利地自己制造情景加以应用，还有那些句子不能编织成文章，就一目了然了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-01 06:44
有多高的心气，就有怎样的恢宏成就，就有怎样的压码效果
压码法究竟会产生怎样的学习效果，因人而异，就看你自己心气有多高了，可以说有怎样的心气，就有怎样的成效。同样的听英语，有人听到的没有意义的语音，有人听到的是相当语境的意境，有人听到的是脍炙人口的艺术享受，有人听到的在再造恢宏的压码世界。
能听出层次结构，能听出对话者的心气，听出意境，听出气息，听出思维，回荡出韵耳的节奏，旋律，思维想象出立体的空间，再造出恢宏的压码世界。由于压码法压码的是时间变化，压码创造的空间不是三维的而是四维的空间。让我们闭上眼睛，躺在沙发，就在电脑旁戴上耳机开始播放你好美国第九册第六课的互动磁带，开始闭上眼睛，沉浸到美好的梦吧！

sunyuting1 2007-10-03 00:45
每天的学习什么最重要？就是你学会了什么。
学习压码法的压码听懂方法都介绍到40篇文章了，应该到了快结束的时候了，可是到目前为止几乎都是看热闹的，还没有一位学员按照练习。没有练习不能学会是非常正常的。
和dianadye讨论学习压码法最重要的是什么？最重要的就是学习英语的信息，你学会了什么？有些学员可能感觉自己这个方法没有到位，那个方法作的也不够，不知道自己做的是否对，因为你是在自学。判断的标准是什么？就是你是否学会了英语的内容。这个看是简单的问题，确实问题的关键。
英语的每篇课文都有它的学习重点和难点基本知识和基本练习技能，一天学习下来你学会了多少？比如第一的too young to，第二课的do and make，复习一的回答听到的信息问题，第三课的either make ordo，第四课的used to ，第五课的I could and couldn't ，复习二的past and precent信息，第六课的didn't use to be 、without，第七课的would you rather ，第八课的think（hope）系列，复习三的关键词信息，would you rather or 与 I thnk（hope）、I'd rather问答，第十课的if I had （I were you）or ever if 的建议，第十一课的 I with （hope），复习四的so do（would、have、am、can） I or nether do I，第十二课的句式If they weren’t interstedin you，they wouldn’t say that 的变换。
对于每课的基本词组的句式、背景、信息、问答、练习进行替换和拓展掌握的情况如何，是否可以自己组织语言，假设背景，听懂关键信息，回答问题。是大家要学习的英语。我们是否可以用压码的方式听懂并记忆下来加以应用，这才是问题的关键，里面有很多方式和方法，只要想学习就能掌握，关键是这些英语你是否学会了，而不是怎样学习学会的。我们进行了大量的压码听懂方法讲解，大量的范例，你是否已经在跟着练习，是否也跟着进行归纳总结理解记忆了，记忆的信息是否准确，这才是问题的关键。
永远要记住你必须要学习才能学会，而不是什么不学就会，你必须要听懂才能记住而不是只要听清不管信息的意思。你是否学会了英语是最终的结果，而里面的任何练习都是过程。

sunyuting1 2007-10-03 06:27
稀稀拉拉干不成大事
一支缺乏训练有素的部队是不能打胜仗的，一支稀稀拉拉的压码训练队是必然压码压丢掉队的。怎么办？
“立正，向右看齐，向前看，坐下，戴耳机，放下。”
今天的值班班长是：压码听懂训练法两位版主，大家跟进不要掉队。
今天训练的科目是：压码听懂训练法，
内容：第九册第五课，
上课时间：8：00
训练方法：1、看文本听语音压码听懂，
2、听语音不看文本压码听懂检验，
3、看文本不听语音压码阅读理解记忆，
4、作业：将第九册第五课互动磁带文本整理归纳课文信息，发送到论坛压码听懂板块上。晚上8点收作业。
预备，开始。。。

sunyuting1 2007-10-03 07:31
第九册第五课

训练目的：通过压码听懂训练，能够学会压码听懂的基本步骤，最后做到一遍全部听懂本课课文互动磁带语音，理解句子全部意思，记忆整篇对话课文的层次结构内容，找出自己压码中开始不能压码一句的长句子，找出重点和难点，反复练习，基本理解记忆后整理文本，上交作业到压码听懂作业专栏。
一、基本单词词组：
past form of I can. could。。。。without
couldn't
in shape or not in shape
二、基本句子：
Can you still jog every day?No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could jog without any problem.
We couldn't take videos in the past.
He's really not in shape anymore.
He used to be in great shape.
压码长句子语音难点：
Well, can you still stay up all night and not be tired the next day? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could stay up all night and not be tired the next day without any problem.
Can you still eat six cheeseburgers for lunch? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could eat six cheeseburgers for lunch without any problem.
Can you still relax with your friends every Saturday night? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could relax with my friends every Saturday night without any problem.

Fifty years ago, the only way to get from America to Europe was by boat. It took five days. Today, we can travel to Europe in a few hours. We couldn't travel to Europe in a few hours in the past.
A hundred years ago when Mario in Italy wanted to talk to Silvia in Argentina, he wrote her a letter Today, we can telephone from Italy to Argentina. We couldn't telephone from Italy to Argentina in the past.

三、讲解语境
past form of I can---could。。。without：
（1）引导语：
This is Lesson Five. Steven and Jake are jogging. Let's listen to their conversation. Listen carefully for the past form of I can.
（2）情景：
A few months ago, I could jog without any problem. How long ago? A few months or a few years? When I was in college, I used to be on the track team. I could run a mile in five minutes. Oh, come on. I bet you couldn't. Oh, yes, I could. When I was in college, I could swim ten miles. Steven, what happened to you?
（3）引导语：

OK. Answer this question. What's the past form of I can swim ten miles? I could swim ten miles.

（4）、压码学习示范：
Now listen and repeat.
could I could jog
I could jog without any problem
a few months ago
A few months ago, I could jog
without any problem.
A few months ago, I could jog
without any problem.

（5）练习：
Can you still jog every day?No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could jog without any
problem.
Can you still swim ten miles? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could swim ten miles without any problem.
Can you still kick a football fifty yards? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could kick a football fifty yards without any problem.
Can you still sleep nine hours a night? No, I can't. But a few montbs ago, I could sleep nine hours a night without any problem.
Well, can you still stay up all night and not be tired the next day? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could stay up all night and not be tired the next day without any problem.
Can you still eat six cheeseburgers for lunch? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could eat six cheeseburgers for lunch without any problem.
Can you still relax with your friends every Saturday night? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could relax with my friends every Saturday night without any problem.
四、讲解语境
couldn’t

（1）引导语：
Well,. there are many things we could do in the past that we can't do anymore: ride a bus for a nickel; see a movie for a dime, for example. But there are also many things we can do now that we couldn't do in the past: fly from New York to London in a few hours; telephone Tokyo in a few minutes, for example. Anne and Steven are talking about things they can do now that they couldn't do in the past. Let's listen to the conversation.

（2）情景：
I don't know, Anne. We're both exhausted from being up all night with the baby. I take naps at work. I'm in terrible shape. I used to run a mile in five minutes; now I can't run a mile at all. We used to go out dancing every Saturday night. Remember? We can't do that anymore. What can I tell you? The party's over. We're old, Anne. We're old. Oh, come on, Steven. Really! You make it sound like we're ready for rocking chairs. I don't feel that old. So you can't run a mile in five seconds. . . Five minutes. Oh, excuse me. Five minutes. . . So what? So we don't go dancing anymore. You were a terrible dancer, anyway. I was? You couldn't stay in step.Anyway, listen, Steven, there are lots of things we can do now that we couldn't do then. Name one. Well, we couldn't take little Peter to the Nature Center, could we？No, we couldn't. He wasn't born yet. We couldn't take videos in the past, videos of him smiling at the animals the way we did last Saturday. We couldn't watch our son change from a baby into a child . . . OK. OK. Enough! Enough! Maybe if I run every day.. .

（3）学习：
Now listen and repeat.
couldn't we couldn't
we couldn't take
We couldn't take videos in the past.
We couldn't take videos in the past.
（4）练习
Instead of taking photographs, today we take videos. We couldn't take videos in the past.
I stay in step now when I go dancing. You couldn't stay in step in the past.
Fifty years ago, the only way to get from America to Europe was by boat. It took five days. Today, we can travel to Europe in a few hours. We couldn't travel to Europe in a few hours in the past.
A hundred years ago when Mario in Italy wanted to talk to Silvia in Argentina, he wrote her a letter Today, we can telephone from Italy to Argentina. We couldn't telephone from Italy to Argentina in the past.
It used to be when we wanted to see a movie, we had to go to a theater. Now we watch movies
on TV. We couldn't watch movies on TV in the past.

五、语境讲解：

in shape or not in shape

（1）引导语：
Jake and Mike are exercising at the gym. They are talking about Steven. Listen to the conversation. Listen closely for the word that follows in.

（2）情景：
Poor Steven. He's really not in shape anymore. Since the arrival of the new baby, he hasn't been sleeping well. He used to jog every day, I haven't seen him jog since . . well, you know, it was so long ago, I can't remember when. He used to been great shape. He used to jog every day before lunch. I know, I know. Now he takes a nap during his lunch break. Well, that's no way to stay in shape. He needs to exercise, eat right, get his eight hours of sleep every night.

（3）引导语：
In the conversation between Mike and Jake, what is the word that follows in? Shape. The word is shape or great shape.

（4）学习：
Now listen and repeat.
not in shape
He's really not in shape
anymore.
He's really not in shape anymore.
in great shape
He used to be in great shape.
He used to be in great shape.

（5）引导语：
To be in shape means "to be in good physical condition." To be in shape, it's important to eat right, sleep right, and exercise. Listen to some people describe what they do for exercise. Then decide if they are in shape or not in shape.

（6）练习
My name's George. I don't really worry much about staying in shapeI'm too busy at my job to think about joining exercise programs and aerobics classes. I make a living by playing professional football. That's my job. And that takes up all my time.

Do you think George is probably in shape, or is he probably not in shape?
He's probably in shape.

The name's Thomas. Am I in shape? You bet I'm in shape. I eat only things that taste good.I get plenty of sleep, between nine and ten hours a night. And then I get a lot of exercise reading magazines and playing cards.

How about Thomas? Probably in shape, or probably not in shape? He's probably not in shape.

Whew. . . Boy, I am not in shape. I'm Blanca. You know, fifteen years ago I could run ten miles and not be tired. Now I run seven miles, and I'm exhausted. I used to swim five miles every day; now I swim only three. I think I'm getting old. Is Blanca probably in shape, or is she probably not in shape? She's probably in shape.
That's all for now. End of Lesson Five.

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 91 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2007-10-03 10:43
对于这一课学习内容比较简单：学习线索 can-can't，过去式could-couldn't，probably in shape or not in shape，只有一个生词shape，但是在课文中有解释To be in shape means "to be in good physical condition." To be in shape, it's important to eat right, sleep right, and exercise. Listen to some people describe what they do for exercise. Then decide if they are in shape or not in shape.
这里主要的是语音的压码，你可能一次不能压码长句子，比如Well, can you still stay up all night and not be tired the next day? No, I can't. But a few months ago, I could stay up all night and not be tired the next day without any problem.这个句子的问答。你只要在练习中学会提问can you still 的句式即可进行提问，分解成
Well, can you still
stay up all night
and not be tired
the next day? 这个句子就没有问题了。
而回答句子，分解成：
No, I can't.
But a few months ago,
I could stay up all night
and not be tired
the next day
without any problem.这个句子也就没有问题了。
最后压码合成就可以学会这个句子的问答。而这些练习是在学习和练习中可以学会压码的。学会了一个句子其他的类似的就可以自己听到提问自己回答问题了。

对于这个句子也是长句子： Fifty years ago, the only way to get from America to Europe was by boat. It took five days. Today, we can travel to Europe in a few hours. We couldn't travel to Europe in a few hours in the past.
也可以进行压码自然分段来解决，分段就是在听出节奏即可解决，而这里是听懂前面的句子，而后才能回答后面的句子。在一些题问答句子中也经常会设置一些情景，而不是直接提问，要回答对方的提问必须听懂对方说的一段对话的场景，然后知道了隐含的另外一个现在可以做到的事情但是以前不能做的句子，练习的时候看你是否可以在磁带没有放到后面的句子就自己提前回答出来。后面的几组句子都是做这个练习，需要做到压码长句子，并且可以听懂理解以后进行变换句子。

对于这段引导语是讲解的内容：
Well,. there are many things do in the past that we can't do anymore: ride a bus for a nickel; see a movie for a dime, for example. But there are also many things we can do now that we couldn't do in the past: fly from New York to London in a few hours; telephone Tokyo in a few minutes, for example. Anne and Steven are talking about things they can do now that they couldn't do in the past. Let's listen to the conversation.
要想理解就要一次听清若干句子组合，这样就是听懂段落的压码能力的练习。there are ，we could ，that， ride ，see，for example，But，we can ，that，we couldn't ， fly from 。。to。。 in ，telephone。。 in ，for example， Anne and Steven are talking about things ，they can do now ，that they couldn't do in the past要理解这样的对话内容就要注意听中间的连接词和转换词，一些固定搭配的词组和一些固定搭配的短语，你在经常练习这样的句子组合的时候，在没有听到后面的句子的时候，很多是你可以猜出来句子连接词来引导自己说话，所以就能够听懂对话，这也是自己练习书面语言的写作的基本功，来构筑句子段落群组。所以你不但要学习基本句子的练习，也要学习这些引导语，将不同的课文的引导语联系起来练习，你就会产生英语思维能力，所谓英语思维就是自己压码想---心念。

对于英语语境的设置： I don't know, Anne. We're both exhausted from being up all night with the baby. I take naps at work. I'm in terrible shape. I used to run a mile in five minutes; now I can't run a mile at all. We used to go out dancing every Saturday night. Remember? We can't do that anymore. What can I tell you? The party's over. We're old, Anne. We're old. Oh, come on, Steven. Really! You make it sound like we're ready for rocking chairs. I don't feel that old. So you can't run a mile in five seconds. . . Five minutes. Oh, excuse me. Five minutes. . . So what? So we don't go dancing anymore. You were a terrible dancer, anyway. I was? You couldn't stay in step.Anyway, listen, Steven, there are lots of things we can do now that we couldn't do then. Name one. Well, we couldn't take little Peter to the Nature Center, could we？No, we couldn't. He wasn't born yet. We couldn't take videos in the past, videos of him smiling at the animals the way we did last Saturday. We couldn't watch our son change from a baby into a child . . . OK. OK. Enough! Enough! Maybe if I run every day.. .

几个人对话，你要学习他们的语气，自己通过压码一段对话，来体验当时的情景，从而自己可以设置情景，记忆情景的基本信息。压码记忆的方法就是记忆关键信息，自己可以提问和回答。

对于这一段对话，有几个句子组：
1、My name's George. I don't really worry much about staying in shape I'm too busy at my job to think about joining exercise programs and aerobics classes. I make a living by playing professional football. That's my job. And that takes up all my time.

Do you think George is probably in shape, or is he probably not in shape? He's probably in shape.

2、The name's Thomas. Am I in shape? You bet I'm in shape. I eat only things that taste good.I get plenty of sleep, between nine and ten hours a night. And then I get a lot of exercise reading magazines and playing cards.

How about Thomas? Probably in shape, or probably not in shape? He's probably not in shape.

3、Whew. . . Boy, I am not in shape. I'm Blanca. You know, fifteen years ago I could run ten miles and not be tired. Now I run seven miles, and I'm exhausted. I used to swim five miles every day; now I swim only three. I think I'm getting old. Is Blanca probably in shape, or is she probably not in shape? She's probably in shape.
这样每个句子组的提问和回答，中间的句子都比较多，三个句子组回答的结果要自己判断答案，能够回答是probably not in shape还是probably in shape，要根据上面shape的解释定义To be in shape means "to be in good physical condition." To be in shape, it's important to eat right, sleep right, and exercise来判断，这就是信息的听力理解问题。

比如第一个问题：
My name's George.
I don't really worry much
about staying in shape
I'm too busy at my job
to think about joining exercise programs
and aerobics classes.
I make a living
by playing professional football.
That's my job.
And that takes up all my time.

Do you think
George is probably in shape,
or is he probably not in shape?
这样你需要压码听清13个自然分段的短语，进行压码听懂理解。当然压码听懂较长的句子你可以利用关键信息的压码记忆方法进行，理解了需要用自己动手心中划一些音节的字头，进行压码心中抄写、心中压码注音的技巧加深记忆即可记住这样地句子群。
最后练习的这3个句子群提问回答都可以对答如流即可。

sunyuting1 2007-10-04 09:15
压码听懂是一种习惯
看一些学员的日记我们就能看出是否可以听懂，因为你的听懂的结果都在你的练习习惯之中，听懂是一种感觉，听懂是一种习惯，听懂是一种体味，听懂是一种沉浸到环境之中的深刻体验，在于一点一滴的灵性地积累。我老让学员写日记，因为我无法时时处处和大家一起练习，看你的日记是否有深度就能窥探出其一二。
练习的过程，也就是一个感觉的挖掘的过程，一层一层地不断挖掘，挖掘听懂的感觉。所有的感受都压码到你深深地记忆之中。一些学员学不会方法，方法就是一种思维过程的付诸实施，有效地方法只存在善于思考的学员练习之中。你需要具有挖挖挖，扒扒扒，追根到底，一查到底的精神，将说话者的神态的一举一动，一种气息，一种神态，一种节奏深深地体味它，才可能深深地领悟他。
好记性不如赖笔头，你的感觉当时很好，你还要及时记录下来，因为听懂是一种感觉，有了这种听懂的感觉，你就会也听越有味道，你就会容易进入场景，进入角色，具有原作者的思想感情，想他所想，做他想做。所以当时的感觉往往段瞬即逝，你必须立即捕捉到它，抓住不放。
什么叫做英语思维？说白了就是说英语之前用英语习惯思考问题的过程。我们在学习的时候也随着英语的理解进行思维了，可是你是否已经养成了习惯，这就是区别之处。它是具体的不是抽象的。实际上还是想我们中文一样地思考过程，你必须连场景一起完整记忆压码到你的大脑里面，还要压码形成习惯，每次想英语的时候，说英语的时候，写英语的时候，都能融入之中，痴迷地追踪进入到意境之中，在你的大脑之中打下深刻的烙印。

sunyuting1 2007-10-04 10:49
学习第九册第六课的体会：
英语思维系列
1、美国人说话的随意性
英语思维根本不是像我们想象的那么难，而是美国人说话更加自由、随意，他想到哪里就说到哪里，想到的就说，没有说完的再补充，一直不停地补充，说得都是一些烂句子，碎句子，竟是废话连篇，确是真实的语境，和谈心一样平易近人，根本就没有我们中文那么多逻辑思维，那样有条斯里。估计美国文化的历史比中华文化历史短，还没有进化完整的原因，而中文却思维完整，逻辑性强，显得文绉绉的。
But there were many other companies,
like Machlett Laboratories,
who used to make most of the world's glass tubes.
一个简单的句子他一次叙述不出来，非的分开三个句子才能说清楚，这些like啊，who啊，that啊，and啊，but啊，where啊，which啊之类的词就派上了用场，就是因为一次说不完，表达不出来复杂的意思，所以反复进行补充说明，说着说着就必须进行拐弯再说，我们知道这些就不用组织语言，前面说一个公司描述的略多一点将公司名字忘记了，想一想用like补充出来，到了人后面就加上who补充一帆，见到地名就加上where补充一下，见到事情就加上which或者that补充一会儿，说话用英语思维就是一边说一边想，不怕说错，说错了就改，就补充，就拐弯。
Did you know 先开个头，其实他是在想后面的内容是什么
that Stamford used to have two piano companies?用一个that来进行补充真正要说的内容，思维就有了时间
Not one,but two.说的是废话，还是在思维的时候进行缓冲一下
Kroeger was one到现在才进入正题的一个名字，要是中文上来就说出来了
(my grandmother used to have a Kroeger piano in her living room),说话补充其它的话题
and the other was. . .另外一个忘了吧
let me see.想一想是谁啊
Oh, yes.想起来了
Davenport. 叫Davenport. ，若是中文上来就会说这两个公司的名字，这就是自动纠错机制，忘了没有事可以补救，说错了也没有事还可以改正
Davenport made a terrific piano.上面还是没有说他是一个怎样的公司，只好在此进行补充说明了。
Both aren't in business anymore.到这里才说完整这连个公司怎么样，有一个思维过程就是费劲，但是简单容易，真实，细腻，栩栩如生，活灵活现地表达了说话者的思维过程。

sunyuting1 2007-10-04 11:57
2、怎样教会学生说一句话？
Good. Now let's see
how many products
you can remember
that used to be made in Stamford.
这是考核你听懂记忆信息记住了那些内容。
I say, "Pianos." And you say. . .
M: Yes. They used to make pianos there.
N: I say, "How about computers?
Did they use to make them in Stamford?"
And you say. . .
M: No. They didn't use to make computers there.
N: All right. Here we go.
Pianos.
M: Yes. They used to make pianos there.
N: How about computers?
Did they use to make them in Stamford?
M: No. They didn't use to make computers there.
N: TVs?
M: No. They didn't use to make TV s there.
N: What about electric razors?
M: Yes. They used to make electric razors there.
N: And shoes.
Did they ever make shoes in Stamford?
M: Yes. They used to make shoes there.
N: How about electric guitars?
Did they use to make them?
M: No. They didn't use to make electric guitars there.
N: And locks? Did they ever make locks in Stamford?
M: Yes. They used to make locks there.
对于前面的情景中他让大家关注关键信息，这里的信息就是 products是一条主线，句子就是一个Did they use to make them in Stamford?
them进行替换所有的 products，包括Pianos、computers 、TVs、
electric razors、shoes、electric guitars、locks。对于情景的信息你可以用笔写到纸上，用心记在意念里，我们教大家的是心念，用心来念书，就是压码听清压码一个句子心中回想，回想的办法还可以用手划空的单词字头，划难记的音节头个字母的办法来代替压码听写和压码注音，好了凡是听的时候有的就对，没有的就错，靠的是你的记忆，信息记忆最难，这样就变得容易了。
看看互动磁带里面对老师是怎样教会这一个句子的替换的？提问方式：Pianos？TVs?这是一种问法。
简单实用，听懂的时候记忆的有就是有，没有就没有
How about computers?换了一个问法。
What about electric razors?又换了一种问法。
And shoes. And locks? 又换了一种问法。
实际上前面的一种问法变成程式，让你进入思维状态，后面不补充才是真正的提问：Did they use to make them in Stamford?" Did they use to make them in Stamford?Did they ever make shoes in Stamford?Did they use to make them?Did they ever make locks in Stamford?
一句提问不懂或者没有反应过来，再补充详细介绍一句提问就理解了，一个理解了其它的全部理解了。
回答方式也是一样进行替换：No. They didn't use to make computers there.Yes. They used to make pianos there. No. They didn't use to make TV s there. Yes. They used to make electric razors there.Yes. They used to make shoes there. No. They didn't use to make electric guitars there. Yes. They used to make locks there.
这样练习一遍提问回答就对开始的情景是否听懂是否记忆了关键信息进行了检验，对提问回答的句式进行替换以后能够达到实际应用了。
我们看看原文的情景对话：
N: This is Lesson Six. For
this lesson, you'll need a pencil
and piece of paper.
Jake Seltzer is introducing his
report on Stamford. Let's listen.
JAKE: Good morning. I'm Jake
Seltzer, and this is "Hello
America." Today, Stamford is
a city of big office buildings. It
didn't use to be. Fifty years
ago, it was a city of factories
. . . At the Stamford Museum,
we looked at all the products
that Stamford factories used to
make.
N: Now Jake is going to tell us
about these products. Write
down the names of the
companies and their products.
JAKE: Of course the biggest company
in Stamford was Yale &
Towne. They used to employ
four out of five people in this
town and could produce
millions of locks a year. But
there were many other
companies, like Machlett
Laboratories, who used to
make most of the world's glass
tubes. Did you know that
Stamford used to have two
piano companies? Not one,
but two. Kroeger was one (my
grandmother used to have a
Kroeger piano in her living
room), and the other was. . .
let me see. Oh, yes.
Davenport. Davenport made a
terrific piano. Both aren't in
business anymore. Fifty years
ago, you could buy shoes made
right here in Stamford. T. B.
Smart used to be an important
company. Unfortunately, they
aren't in business anymore.
But one company that's still in
business is Schick, the electric
ror company. It's not in
Stamford anymore, but it
began in Stamford. In fact, it
was Jacob Schick who
invented the electric razor
这么一大段有几个关键的产品信息？
products：locks、glass tubes、 piano 、shoes、 electric ror、electric razor
通过提问回答就对新闻报道的信息内容进行了理解记忆的检验。比较难的信息记忆问题就轻松地解决了。一归纳才一个句子。
整个提问回答一大段因为是类似的句所以一大段对话就记住了。压码你从一个句子达到了压码一个段落。

sunyuting1 2007-10-04 12:37
3、全套内容完全替换练习
对于一个句子进行替换其中一个产品的单词这样的替换练习太简单，还不能够学活句子的实际用法，要真正学会一个句子达到自然造句实际说口语的能力，还必须学会全部替换，就是听懂记住一个句子，前面、中间和后面都能替换，对于不能理解的单词和词组也可以在里面类比记忆中理解了。
M: without without stopping
without stopping to rest
I ran the whole distance
I ran the whole distance
without stopping to rest.
I ran the whole distance
without stopping to rest.
逐步增加单词和词组：在后面加without -without stopping- without stopping to rest
在前面加：I ran the whole distance- without stopping to rest.
合成两个句子： I ran the whole distance without stopping to rest.

全面逐步替换部分词组：''Taking a break，Jogged， Afternoon，Any problem，Exercised，Steven，Having a heart attack.一个句子替换了不同位置七次。

N: OK. I say, ''Taking a break."
And you say. . .
M: I ran the whole distance without
taking a break.
N: I say, "Jogged." And you say. . .
M: I jogged the whole distance
without taking a break.
N: Ready? Let's begin.
M: I ran the whole distance without
stopping to rest.
N: Taking a break.

M: I ran the whole distance without
taking a break.
N: Jogged.
M: I jogged the whole distance
without taking a break.
N: Afternoon.
M: I jogged the whole afternoon
without taking a break.
N: Any problem.
M: I jogged the whole afternoon
without any problem.
N: Exercised.
M: I exercised the whole afternoon
without any problem.
N: Steven.
M: Steven exercised the whole
afternoon without any problem.
N: Having a heart attack.
M: Steven exercised the whole
afternoon without having a heart
attack.

原句子：I ran the whole distance without “stopping to rest.”

''Taking a break替换stopping to rest.变成 I ran the whole distance without “taking a break.”

Jogged替换“ran”变成 I “jogged” the whole distance
without taking a break.

Afternoon替换distance 变成 I jogged the whole “afternoon”
without taking a break.

Any problem替换 taking a break变成 I jogged the whole afternoon
without “any problem”.

Exercised替换jogged变成 I “exercised” the whole afternoon
without any problem.

Steven替换 I 变成Steven exercised the whole
afternoon without any problem.

Having a heart attack替换any problem变成Steven exercised the whole afternoon without having a heart attack.

这样一个句子所有的位置都可以替换就学会了句子的类型的变换，由于是在压码听懂的时候，自己没有听到后面的答案之前自己进行变换，用后面听标准答案进行检验，这样只要听懂了，就能记住，也可以应用去说。
同时前面的可以加，后面的也可以加词组，词组之间还可以继续延长，短语之间还可以不断地加逐步地加，可以一个句子加几个句子进行延长，可以见到一个关键的人和事物以后进行补充说明，所以我们做这样地练习，就可以做到真正地英语思维了。而不是像一些英语教材那样拿一排单词进行替换练习，练习了半天一个句型还是死的句子。同时互动磁带里面不但可以对一个句子进行替换还可以对一个单词替换出不同的句子类型，一个句子类型替换出不同的信息，也可以将前面一篇课文的练习替换到后面的课文里面，如果将情景也替换了，自然口头作文的能力就具备了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-05 12:31
第九册第八课

这一课听懂非常容易，最大的看点在于一个句子如何不断添加变成长句子，怎样从think和hope连接以前学习的不同基本单词进行替换练习，还要学习引导语如何说你所要进行的替换过程，将简单句子变成复杂句子，复杂句子再变成更复杂的句子，将短句子变成长句子，长句子变成更长的句子，把长句子利用连接词变成句子段落，这些都是压码练习的基本功。

一、基本词组
I think
I hope
interested in, thinking of, and lookforward to.
want to do, like to do, and plan to do
should be ，have to ，Thanks for
二、基本句子
I think this meeting will be very important.
I hope you'll do a story about it.
I'm interested in doing a story on International Computer.
I know you're thinking of introducing a new line of computers.
I look forward to talking with you tomorrow at ten.
Jake wants to meet Abbott Larkin.
He likes to interview this famous man
They're planning to visit California in July.
I really should be going.
I have to get up early tomorrow.
Thanks for asking me to come to dinner.

三、语境学习

1、引导语：
Welcome to Lesson Eight. Listen to this part of the conversation between Jake Seltzer and Abbott Larkin.

2、情景
Are you in town for the computer meeting? Yes, I am. I'm glad you're here. I think this meeting will be very important. I hope you'll do a story about it. That's why I'm here.

3、学习

Now listen and repeat.

very important
this meeting will be very important
I think this meeting will be very important.
I think this meeting will be very important.

a story about it
you'll do a stpry about it
I hope you'll do a story about it.
I hope you'll do a story about it.

4、引导语：

Notice how we use a subject and a verb after think and hope. For example . . .

5、学习
I think this meeting will be very important.
I hope you'll do a story about it.
6、引导语：
Now you'll hear a sentence using think followed by a few more words. Use the new words to make another sentence. For example, you hear . . .

7、 think 替换练习
I think this meeting will be very important.
Is very interesting. I think this meeting is very interesting.
I think this meeting is very interesting.
Movie. I think this movie is very interesting.
I think this meeting will be very important.
Is very interesting. I think this meeting is very interesting.
Movie. I think this movie is very interesting.
A little boring. I think this movie is a little boring.
TV commercial. I think this TV commercial is a little boring.
Very well made. I think this TV commercial is very well made.
Piece of furniture. I think this piece of furniture is very well made.

8、引导语hope.
Now let's try that using a sentence with hope. For example, you hear. . .

9、 hope 替换练习
I hope you'll do a story about it.
Me. I hope you'll do a story about me.
I hope you'll do a story about me.
Write a newspaper article. I hope you'll write a newspaper article about me.

I hope you'll do a story about it.
Me. I hope you'll do story about me.
Write a newspaper article. I hope you'll write a newspaper article about me.
The merger. I hope you'll write a newspaper article about the merger.
Tell.me all about. I hope you'll tell me all about the merger.
Your wife and your new baby. I hope you'll tell me all about your wife and your new baby.
Invite me to meet. I hope you'll invite me to meet your wife and your new baby.

四、语境学习

1、引导语
Now let's return to Jake Seltzer and Abbott Larkin. They're still discussing the future of Larkin's company, International Computer.

2、情景
I think this meeting will be very important. I hope you'll do a story about it. That's why I'm here. I'm interested in doing a story on International Computer. I know you're thinking of introducing a new line of computers . . . I look forward to talking with you tomorrow at ten. And I look forward toseeing you. I think this meeting will be very important.

3、学习
Now listen and repeat.

a story on International Computer
doing a story on International Computer
I'm interested in doing a story on International Computer.
I'm interested in doing a story on International Computer.

introducing a new line of computers
thinking of introducing a new line of computers
I know you're thinking of introducing a new line of computers.
I know you're thinking of introducing a new line of computers.

talking with you tomorrow at ten
I look forward to talking with you tomorrow at ten.
I look forward to talking with you tomorrow at ten.

4、拓展引导语
Notice how we use the gerund form of a verb after interested in, thinking of, and lookforward to. Now you're going to hear a sentence that uses a verb plus an infinitive, like want to do, like to do, and plan to do. Then you'll hear a cue, like "interested," "thinking," or "look forward." Use the cue to make a new sentence. For example, you hear.. .

5、替换练习
Jake wants to meet Abbott Larkin.
Interested. Jake is interested in meeting Abbott Larkin.
He likes to interview this famous man.
Look forward. He looks forward to interviewing this famous man.

OK, ready? Let's begin.
Jake wants to meet Abbott Larkin.
Interested. Jake is interested in meeting Abbott Larkin.
He likes to interview this famous man.
Look forward. He looks forward to interviewing this famous man.

He's planning to interview this famous man.
Thinking. He's thinking of interviewing this famous man.
I want to study American history .
Interested. I'm interested in studying American history.
We like to go skiing in winter.
Look forward. We look forward to going skiing in winter.
They're planning to visit California in July.
Thinking. They're thinking of visiting California in July.

五、情景学习

1、引导语

Now let's go to Steven and Anne's house. Connie has spent a very pleasant afternoon with them, but now she thinks it's time for her to go. Listen.

2、情景
Would you like another cup of coffee or another piece of cake? No, thanks. I really should be going. I have to get up early tomorrow. . . Thanks for inviting me. Thanks for coming. We hope you'll come again.

3、学习
Now listen and repeat.

I really should be going.
I really should be going.
I have to get up early tomorrow.
I have to get up early tomorrow.
Thanks for inviting me.
Thanks for inviting me.

4、引导语
Now you're going to hear one of these sentences, followed by some different words. Use the
new words to make a new sentence. For example, you hear.. .

5、学习
I really should be going.
Leave. I really should be leaving.
I have to get up early tomorrow.
Go home and walk my dog.
I have to go home and walk my dog.
OK? Let's begin.

I really should be going.
Leave. I really should be leaving.

I have to get up early tomorrow.
Go home and walk my dog.
I have to go home and walk my dog.
Thanks for inviting me.
Ask me to come to dinner.
Thanks for asking me to come to dinner.
I really should be leaving.
On my way. I really should be on my way.
I have to go home and walk my dog.
Meet someone for a drink.
I have to meet someone for a drink.
Thanks for asking me to corne to dinner.
Let me see your baby.
Thanks for letting me see your baby.

And thanks for doing your best on this lesson. End of Lesson Eight.

归纳

1、引导语：
Welcome to Lesson Eight. Listen to this part of the conversation between Jake Seltzer and Abbott Larkin.Notice how we use a subject and a verb after think and hope. Now let's try that using a sentence with hope. Now let's return to Jake Seltzer and Abbott Larkin. They're still discussing the future of Larkin's company, International Computer.Notice how we use the gerund form of a verb after interested in, thinking of, and lookforward to. Now you're going to hear a sentence that uses a verb plus an infinitive, like want to do, like to do, and plan to do. Then you'll hear a cue, like "interested," "thinking," or "look forward." Use the cue to make a new sentence. Now let's go to Steven and Anne's house. Connie has spent a very pleasant afternoon with them, but now she thinks it's time for her to go. Now you're going to hear one of these sentences, followed by some different words. Use the new words to make a new sentence. For example, you hear.. .

2、情景
Are you in town for the computer meeting? Yes, I am. I'm glad you're here. I think this meeting will be very important. I hope you'll do a story about it. That's why I'm here.I'm interested in doing a story on International Computer. I know you're thinking of introducing a new line of computers . . . I look forward to talking with you tomorrow at ten. And I look forward to seeing you. I think this meeting will be very important. Would you like another cup of coffee or another piece of cake? No, thanks. I really should be going. I have to get up early tomorrow. . . Thanks for inviting me. Thanks for coming. We hope you'll come again.

3、学习

Now listen and repeat.

very important Notice how we use a subject
this meeting will be very important before subject plus the few more words
I think this meeting will be very important. after think plus the sentence
I think this meeting will be very important. to make a new sentence

how we use a verb after hope to make a new sentence ？
a story about it
you'll do a stpry about it
I hope you'll do a story about it.
I hope you'll do a story about it.

I think this meeting will be very important. Now let's try that using a sentence with think.
I hope you'll do a story about it. Now let's try that using a sentence with hope.

Now let's try that using a sentence with think. Now you're going to hear one of these sentences, followed by some different words. Use the new words to make a new sentence

I think this meeting will be very important. Now you're going to hear a sentence with think
Is very interesting. followed by some different words and you say
I think this meeting is very interesting. Use the new words to make a new sentence
ok，let's bgin：
Movie. I think this movie is very interesting.
A little boring. I think this movie is a little boring.
TV commercial. I think this TV commercial is a little boring.
Very well made. I think this TV commercial is very well made.
Piece of furniture. I think this piece of furniture is very well made.

Now let's try that using a sentence with hope. Now you're going to hear one of these sentences, followed by some different words. Use the new words to make a new sentence

I hope you'll do a story about it. Now hear a sentence use a verb with hope
Me. I hope you'll do a story about me. followed by the word and you say
I hope you'll do a story about me. Use the new word to make a new sentence
ok，let's bgin：
Write a newspaper article. I hope you'll write a newspaper article about me.
The merger. I hope you'll write a newspaper article about the merger.
Tell.me all about. I hope you'll tell me all about the merger.
Your wife and your new baby. I hope you'll tell me all about your wife and your new baby.
Invite me to meet. I hope you'll invite me to meet your wife and your new baby.

Now let's return to Jake Seltzer and Abbott Larkin. They're still discussing the future of Larkin's company, International Computer
a story about it
a story on International Computer a story that's about International Computer
doing a story on International Computer followed by verb word with hope and you say
I'm interested in doing a story on International Computer. after interested in
I'm interested in doing a story on International Computer. Use the cue to make a new sentence

introducing a new line of computers （ that story about introducing a new line of computers ）
thinking of introducing a new line of computers （ after thinking of ）
I know you're thinking of introducing a new line of computers. （after I know you're ）
I know you're thinking of introducing a new line of computers. Use the cue to make a new sentence

talking with you tomorrow at ten a story about it that's talking with you tomorrow at ten
I look forward to talking with you tomorrow at ten. after I look forward to
I look forward to talking with you tomorrow at ten. Use the cue to make a new sentence

Now you're going to hear a sentence that uses a verb plus an infinitive, like want to do, like to do, and plan to do

Jake wants to meet Abbott Larkin. （the verb is wants to do）
Interested. Jake is interested in meeting Abbott Larkin.（plus an infinitive Interested）
He likes to interview this famous man.（the verb is likes to do）
Look forward. .（Then you'll hear a cue）
He looks forward to interviewing this famous man （ Use the cue to make a new sentence）
He's planning to interview this famous man..（the verb is planning to do）
Thinking. .（Then you'll hear a cue is thinking.）
He's thinking of interviewing this famous man.（ Use the cue “thinking of ”to make a new sentence）

I want to study American history .
Interested. I'm interested in studying American history.
We like to go skiing in winter.
Look forward. We look forward to going skiing in winter.
They're planning to visit California in July.
Thinking. They're thinking of visiting California in July.

I really should be going...（the verb is “should be ”go）
I have to get up early tomorrow....（the verb is “have to” get up）
Thanks for inviting me.....（the verb is “ Thanks for ”）

I really should be going.
Leave. I really should be leaving.
I have to get up early tomorrow.
Go home and walk my dog.
I have to go home and walk my dog.

Thanks for inviting me.
Ask me to come to dinner.
Thanks for asking me to come to dinner.
I really should be leaving.
On my way. I really should be on my way.
I have to go home and walk my dog.
Meet someone for a drink.
I have to meet someone for a drink.
Thanks for asking me to corne to dinner.
Let me see your baby.
Thanks for letting me see your baby.

And thanks for doing your best on this lesson.

sunyuting1 2007-10-06 20:28
第九册复习三

这个复习练习的重点是压码记忆信息的准确性，判断听清、听懂理解的正误的基本技巧，他会让你体会到不能压码记忆对于正确理解信息的影响因素有多么重要，这里的情景都是播放3遍，第一遍设置情景，第二遍遍慢放让你记忆关键信息，或者压码听写，这里可以采用快速心中想着用手划空的方法，因为一边听懂，一边停下来听写，你反映不过来，还不如压码心念的想像听写容易，你可以在阅读课文听懂的时候在书上用手划也可以，主要的是帮助记忆压码压住信息。
一、场景学习：
1、引导语：
Review Three. For this lesson, you'll need a pencil and a piece of paper.Listen to this lecture about the history of the computer. Don't write anything yet. Just listen.
2、情景：
The inventor of the modem computer was an English mathematician, Charles Babbage. He invented a machine in 1832 which had most of the features of a modem computer. Unfortunately, people weren't interested in it because it was too complicated.
The first successful mechanical computer was built in 1944 by an American, Howard Aiken. Two
years later, a new type of computer was built with electronic parts called valves.
Modem computers use microchips instead of valves. These microchips are tiny but very efficient.

3、引导语：
Now take your pencil and a piece of paper. You will hear the lecture again. After each important group of words, there will be a pause. Don't write every word you hear, just the important facts, like names and dates and why a person or thing is important. Ready? Let's begin.

4、重放情景：
The inventor of the modem computer was an English mathematician, Charles Babbage. He invented a machine in 1832 which had most of the features of a modem computer. Unfortunately, people weren't interested in it because it was too complicated.
The first successful mechanical computer was built in 1944 by an American, Howard Aiken. Two years later, a new type of computer was built with electronic parts called valves.
Modem computers use microchips instead of valves. These microchips are tiny but very efficient.

5、引导语：
Now use your notes to answer the following true-or-false questions. If the answer is true, just say "True." If the answer is false, say "False," and give the correct answer. Ready? Let's begin. Question One.

6、判断信息正误：

The inventor of the modem computer was an American mathematician. False. The inventor of the modem computer was an English mathematician.
His name was Charles Babbage. True.
He invented a machine with most of the features of a modem computer in 1823. False. He invented a machine with most of the features of a modem computer in 1832.
Most people were interested in his machine because it wasn't complicated. False. Most people weren't interested in his machine because it was too complicated.
The first successful mechanical computer was built in 1944 by an American, Howard Aiken. True.
Ten years later, a new type of computer was built with electronic parts called valves. False. Two years later, a new type of computer was built with electronic parts called valves.
Modem computers use valves instead of microchips. False. Modem computers use
microchips instead of valves.
These microchips are tiny but very efficient. True.

二、场景学习：

1、引导语：
Now imagine that you're Steven and you're writing a letter to a friend telling him about some recent problems in your life. First, don't write anything. Just listen.

2、情景：

Things have been a little difficult for me recently. I'm not completely happy at WEFL. I like the people I work with, but I need to make more money. Connie told me about a job in Hartford. They're looking for a producer for their weekend news show. The money is good, but it's too far away. I'd rather not move right now. I'd prefer to keep doing the same job because 1 like what I'm doing. But I'd like to make more money.

3、引导语：
Now take your pencil and a piece of paper. You're going to hear Steven's letter again. After each group of words, there will be a pause for you to write what you hear. OK, let's begin.

4、慢放听写情景：

Things have been
a little difficult
for me recently.
I'm not completely happy
at WEFL.
1 like the people 1 work with,
but I need to make more money.
Connie told me
about a job in Hartford.
They're looking for a producer
for their weekend news show.
The money is good,
but it's too far away.
I'd rather not move
right now.

I'd prefer to keep doing
the same job
because I like what I'm doing.
But I'd like to make more money.

5、引导语：

Now listen to Steven's letter for the last time. Look carefully at your paper and correct any mistakes you find. Ready? Listen.

6、常速播放情景检查：
Things have been a little difficult for me recently. I'm not completely happy at WEFL. I like the people I work with, but I need to make more money. Connie told me about a job in Hartford. They're looking for a producer for their weekend news show. The money is good, but it's too far away. I'd rather not move right now. I'd prefer to keep doing the same job because I like what I'm doing. But I'd like to make more money.

7、引导语：
Now use your paper to answer the following questions. Give short answers. Question One.

8、回答问题信息检查：

Steven says things have been a little what for him recently? A little difficult.
He says he's not completely happy somewhere. Where? At WEFL.
Steven says he likes the people he works with, but he needs to do what? Make more money.
Connie told him about a job in what city? Hartford.
They're looking for a producer for what? For their weekend news show.
Steven says the money is good, but it's too far away. He says he'd rather not what? He'd rather not move right now.
Why does Steven say he'd prefer to keep doing the same job? Because he likes what he's doing.
What does Steven say he'd like to make? More money.

This is the end of Review Three.

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 92 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2007-10-08 09:25

第九册第九课
一、基本词组
I think you
I hope our
Are you
Is she
Would you rather
I'd rather

二、基本句子

I think you cover the business world very well.
I hope our viewers agree with you.
I think you can probably be sure of getting a raise this year. I hope I can.
Are you happy in school? Well, I enjoy studying.
Is Rita happy on the tennis court? Well, she enjoys playing tennis.
Would you rather work in television or in radio?

三、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Welcome to Lesson Nine. Listen to this conversation between Jake Seltzer and Abbott Larkin.
2、情景：
Mr. Larkin, thanks for speaking with me. Jake, I think you cover the business world very well.
Thank you, Mr. Larkin. I hope our viewers agree with you. Are you happy at WEFL, Jake? Well, I enjoy reporting. Would you rather stay at WEFL or try for a job in New York City? I'd rather try for a job in New York City, of course.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.
I think
I think you cover the business world
I think you cover the business world very well.
I think you cover the business world very well.

I hope
I hope our viewers agree
I hope our viewers agree with you.
I hope our viewers agree with you.

4、引导语：

Now you're going to hear a sentence that begins with "I think" and then gives an opinion. Respond with a statement that begins with "I hope," changing the sentence in the following way. You hear. . .

5、学习：

I think you do your job very well. And you say. . . I hope I do. You hear. . . I think you were an excellent host at the party last night. And you say. . . I hope I was. All right, let's begin.

I think you do your job very well. I hope I do.
I think you were an excellent host at the party last night. I hope I was.
I think you're being very polite to everyone. I hope I am.
I think you can probably be sure of getting a raise this year. I hope I can.

6、练习

Now let's practice using some negatives. For example, you hear.. .

I think you're doing a terrible job. I hope I'm not.
I think you made a big mistake. And you say. . . I hope I didn't.
All right, let's begin.

I think you're doing a terrible job. I hope I'm not.
I think you made a big mistake. I hope I didn't.
I think we've just missed the plane for New York. I hope we haven't.
I think Mr. Larkin will be very late for his meeting. I hope he won't.
I think this exercise is too difficult. I hope it isn't.

7、学习回答问题：
Remember this part of Abbott Larkin and Jake's conversation? Listen.

Are you happy at WEFL, Jake? Well, I enjoy reporting.

Now use that conversation to answer questions. For example, you hear . . .
Are you happy in school? Well, I enjoy studying.
Is Rita happy on the tennis court? Well, she enjoys playing tennis.

引导语：
Remember that your answer must include the verb enjoy followed by the gerund of another verb. Ready? Let's begin.

8、练习：
Are you happy in school? Well, I enjoy studying.
Is Rita happy on the tennis court? Well, she enjoys playing tennis.
Are those two actors happy in the theater? Well, they enjoy acting.
Is Connie happy on an airplane? Well, she enjoys flying.
Is she happy in her car? Well, she enjoys driving.
Are you happy at a table full of food? Well, I enjoy eating.

四、场景学习：
1、引导语：

Now listen again to the end of the conversation between Abbott Larkin and Jake Seltzer.

2、情景：
Would you rather stay at WEFL or try for a job in New York City? I'd rather try for a job in New York City, of course.

3、引导语：

Now you're going to make some questions that start with "Would you rather . . . ?" This time you'll hear the beginning of the question. For example . . .

4、学习提问Would you rather ：

Would you rather live in New York City or. . .?

5、引导语：

And you complete the question any way that you think makes sense. For example, you could
say.. .

6、练习：

Would you rather live in New York City or in Hartford? Or you could say . . .
Would you rather live in New York City or in Los Angeles?
Or you'll hear. . . Would you rather work in television or . . .
And you can say. . . Would you rather work in television or in radio?
Or you could say. . . Would you rather work in television or in the movies?

7、引导语：

Remember, it doesn't matter what you say if your question makes sense. After you finish the question, you'll hear an answer to the question you just asked. OK, let's begin.

8、练习：
Would you rather live in New York City or . . . I'd rather live in New York City. I love the excitement of the place.
Would you rather work in television or . . . I'd rather work in television. I love TV! In fact, I watch it all the time.
Would you rather have a lot of money or . . . I'd rather have a lot of money. That way I could buy most of the things I need. Except love, of course.
Would you rather own a house or. . . ? I'd rather own a house. I've always wanted to have my own house. And I wouldn't have to pay rent!
Would you rather be living in a city or . . . ? I'd rather be living in a city. As I said before, New York is so exciting! But so are most cities.
Would you rather meet the President of the United States or. . . ? I'd rather meet the President of the United States. That's the person I've most wanted to meet since I was a child.
This is the end of Lesson Nine.

sunyuting1 2007-10-08 09:25
第九册第十课

一、基本单词
if or even if
If I had ... I'd
Should I... If I were you... I'd
I wouldn't
not to hire or fire anyone.

二、基本句子
If I had a million dollars, I'd give everyone on the staff a raise.
Should I make a lower offer? If I were you, I'd make a lower offer.
Would you make any changes? No. If I were you, I wouldn't make any changes.

三、场景学习 if or even if：

1、引导语：
Welcome to Lesson Ten. Sam Finch and Maria are at the studio. They are talking about changes at WEFL. Listen to their conversation. Listen carefully for sentences that begin with the words if or even if. How many times do you hear the word if? Let's listen.
2、情景：
Hi, Sam. You wanted to see me? Yes, Maria. Let me pull up a chair for you . . . Maria, I want to ask you a few questions. Yes? If you had a million dollars to spend on "Hello America," what changes would you make? A million dollars? How about the furniture? If you had a million dollars, would you buy new furniture? New furniture? No. We just bought these chairs last year. Even if I had a million dollars, I wouldn't change them. I like these chairs. Who selected them? I did. How about the colors? Would you change the colors of the set? The colors. I wouldn't change the colors. These colors are good for Jake and Connie. We selected these colors on purpose. How about the carpeting? If I were making changes, I wouldn't spend money on new carpeting. No one really sees it. If I had a million dollars, I'd give everyone on the staff a raise.

3、学习
OK. If you had a million dollars for every time you heard the word if in the conversation between Maria and Sam, how much money would you have? Five million dollars.
That's a lot of money. Now listen and repeat.

if if I had
if I had a million dollars
I'd give everyone
I'd give everyone on the staff
I'd give everyone on the staff a raise
If I had a million dollars, I'd give everyone on the staff a raise.
If I had a million dollars, I'd give everyone on the staff a raise.

Good. Now you hear. . . If I had a million dollars, I'd give everyone on the staff a raise. And I say, "At WEFL." So you say. . . If I had a million dollars, I'd give everyone at WEFL a raise. I say, "Buy everyone a new car. " And you say. . . If I had a million dollars, I'd buy everyone a new car. Ready! Let's begin.
4、练习：
If I had a million dollars, I'd give everyone on the staff a raise.
At WEFL. If I had a million dollars. I'd give everyone at WEFL a raise.
Buy everyone a new car. If I had a million dollars, I'd buy everyone a new car.
A lot of money. If I had a lot of money, I'd buy everyone a new car.
Travel around the world. If I had a lot of money, I'd travel around the world.
More free time. If I had more free time, I'd travel around the world.
Were a millionaire. If I were a millionaire, I'd travel around the world.
Give you everything. If I were a millionaire, I'd give you everything.

四、场景学习advice：

1、引导语：
All right, now let's listen to some more of the conversation between Maria and Sam. Sam asks Maria for some advice about . . . what? What does Sam want advice about?

2、情景：
Maria, I want to ask you for some advice. Yes? Remember that station in California I told you about? Sure. Well, the owner called me yesterday. He's ready to sell. Great. Yes, but his price is very high. Maria, do you think I should buy that station? Yes, I do. But if I were you, I'd make a lower offer. I don't think he'll accept a lower offer. Then if I were you, I'd pay his price. It's a very good station. In a few years, it'll be very big. I wouldn't miss this chance to buy it.

3、学习建议：
OK, what does Sam want Maria's advice about?
Buying the station in California. He wants her advice about buying the station in California.
Now listen and repeat.
if I were you
I'd make a lower offer
If I were you, I'd make a lower
offer.
If I were you, I'd make a lower
offer.
if I were you
I'd pay his price
If I were you, I'd pay his price.
Now you hear. . . Should I make a lower offer? And you say. . . If I were you, I'd make a lower
offer. You hear. . . Should I pay his price? And you say. . . If I were you, I'd pay his price. OK? Here we go.

Should I make a lower offer? If I were you, I'd make a lower offer.
Should I pay his price?: If I were you, I'd pay his price.
Should I sell my share of WEFL? If I were you, I'd sell my share of WEFL.
Should I tell the staff? If I were you, I'd tell the staff.
Should I call a meeting for tonight? If I were you, I'd call a meeting for tonight.
Should I offer them a million dollars? If I were you, I'd offer them a million dollars.
Should I wait a few months? If I were you, I'd wait a few months.

五、场景学习 advice negative form：

1、引导语：
Sam is still asking Maria for advice about the station in California. Listen for the things Maria tells Sam not to do.

2、情景：
If I bought this station, how could I improve the show? If I were you, I wouldn't make any changes at first. I'd wait a few months. You would? Yes. I'd spend some time at the station. I'd follow the ratings. Then, after I learned everything about the show, I'd think about changes. Would you hire new people? No, I wouldn't hire new people at first. I wouldn't fire anyone. I'd wait. Good advice, Maria. So, if you were me, you would buy the new station.

3、学习：
What does Maria tell Sam not to do? She tells him not to make any changes, not to hire or fire anyone.

Now listen and repeat.

I wouldn't make
I wouldn't make any changes
if I were you
If I were you, I wouldn't make
any changes.
If I were you, I wouldn't make
any changes.
I wouldn't hire
I wouldn't hire new people
if I were you
If I were you, I wouldn't hire
new people.
If I were you, I wouldn't hire
new people.

4、练习：
OK. Let's practice giving advice using the negative form. You hear.. .

Would you make any changes? And you say. . . No. If I were you, I wouldn't make any changes.
You hear. . . Would you hire new people? And you say. . . No. If I were you, I wouldn't hire new people. Ready? Here we go.

Would you make any changes? No. If I were you, I wouldn't make any changes.
Would you hire new people? No. If I were you, I wouldn't hire new people.
Would you sell your share of WEFL ? No. If I were you, I wouldn't sell my share of WEFL.
Would you fire the old staff at KELT? No. If I were you, I wouldn't fire the old staff at KELT.
Would you offer Connie a raise? No. If I were you, I wouldn't offer Connie a raise.
Would you be worried about this deal? No. If I were you, I wouldn't be worried about this deal.
Would you continue this exercise? No. If I were you, I wouldn't continue this exercise.

六、场景学习which ones would you fire?实际应用：

1、引导语：
OK, let's move on. In this lesson, you have heard the expression to hire people, which means to give them a job, and to fire people, which means the opposite: to dismiss them from their job. The boss usually decides who to hire and who to fire. Here are some short statements made by people who are employed at KELT. If you were the new boss of KELT, which ones would you fire? Listen.

2、情景：

My name is Tom Malek. I'm thirty-five years old. I have an M.A. in journalism from Columbia University and have worked as a writer at KELT for three years. I'm always on time and have never missed a day of work. My health is excellent. I'm not married. I live with my friend Greg and my dog,
Charlie.

3、引导语：
If you were the boss at KELT, would you fire Tom?

4、情景：
Hi. I'm Beth Smith. Not everybody likes me here at KELT. Some of the members of the staff are jealous because I'm such a good worker. I always look terrific, as you can see. Sometimes I type a letter or two, lick envelopes, and answer the phone. I'm very good at answering the phone - it's not an easy job, you know. But really, most of the time I just try to look good and stay out of trouble. Oh, I never come in on Tuesdays and Thursdays. I have to spend quality time with my cat.

5、引导语：
How about Beth? Would you fire her?

The name's Bob, Bob Conte. I've been at KELT since it began. I'm the janitor here. I know everything about this station. When the boss wants to find out something about someone, he calls me. Yes, sir. You see, I spend a lot of time at the coffee machine. I pretend to clean the floor, but actually I listen to what people say. It's been hard work, but it's paid off. You want to know anything, anything at all, about the other employees around here, just come to old Bob.

结束语：
And finally, Bob Conte, the janitor. If you were the boss at KELT, would you fire Bob? This is the end of Lesson Ten.

sunyuting1 2007-10-14 08:53
压码听懂需要做到哪些要求才算合格？
压码听懂一是要达到压码听清的深度听清程度，你别老是走神，要把一些小词都听清，听出节奏来，变音连读在你的大脑留下深刻的印象；二是你要每个句子都能一个一个听懂；三是听懂了要能记住，这就不是一句一句听懂的问题，而是一篇文章听完了能够记住，压码能力从压码一个句子理解到压码一篇文章理解；四是压码理解记忆了一篇文章有什么凭据，你关掉语音和文本自己能够心中回想出来，也就是说的英语思维能力培养出来了，换句话说就是我常说的建立了大脑的高速英语意识流，英语呼呼地往你脑子里面钻；五是有了英语意识流是你在想的英语，向完了以后容易忘记，则那样保存起来，需要你能够自己说出来，随着思维变化进行复述口语，说过了记忆更深刻，这样你还可以进行录音，进行修改；六是说出来还不行，你还要能够写出来，听写检验一下是否记住了，没有不会写的单词了，里面的细节小词都对了没有，你的英语意识流是否可以顺着思维写下来，记录下来你想的几个层次结构内容是否全面，是否可以任意拓展延伸应用活了，就是不停语音，不看文本是否自己可以完整地回想出来写在纸上记录下来；七是各个场景学习的内容是否记忆简单，不然你会忘记，你要进行归纳总结，我们的形象思维英语意识流往往可以想的很远，脱离主题，英语自然造句作文是练习出来，但是不能抓住重点，还要形成逻辑性记忆，你要整理，将自己的思路也用日记及下来，等你学习一个课文你知道那个关键单词是一条主线，使用的基本句子，基本场景有几层结构，如何变换的。
所以压码听懂是可以实现英语听说读写全部英语能力提高的。概括说：1、听清，2 听懂，3记忆，4回想，5说活，6写作，7总结归纳。
一个方法练习比较简单，单一，学习一篇文章就要学会一篇课文的互动磁带。其实其他方法也是可以达到这样的目的。学习要不断层层推进，你就会也学越有积极性了。在不用其他方法的时候，看看自己是否可以采用压码听懂一种方法达到上述目的？
所以你要经常磨自己的耳朵，形成条件反射，一定就懂，听懂就能记住，只有记住了才能应用，否则学会了也是白学，一会就忘记了。你要可以拿来进行复习，眼睛看一眼，就知道了整个一册书的脉络线索。想快速听懂，一册书连着听一边就都复习记住了。将不同课文之间联成立一篇。将薄书读厚，再将厚书读薄，到时一条线就提出来了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-14 10:17
第九册第十一课互动磁带学习体会
这一课文互动磁带围绕着一个单词wish进行，和前面几课都是连贯的，所以记忆起来很简单。wish，wishes，dish，dishes，hope，都是希望，期望的意思的不同表达方式，再上升一级，want，like，need，should都是一条主线来进行造句。
基本句子类型就是围绕着几个单词进行的。I wish he could be here today，he wishes hecould be here to meetyou。你就立即知道了wish和wishes的不同用法，原来和do与does的用法一样，就是对于不同人称的区别而已，没有什么新鲜的，学习了新的巩固了老的句子，好了你立即就可以理解dish与dishes的区别了，自己造个句子看看是否可以变换就可以了。
你在看这个句子I'm sorry he can't stay in Stamford，对应的句子I wish you could in Stampord，这样你改sorry为wish就会变换can't与could单词对了。遇到wish和wishes只要看是I，you，we，they还是he，she就可以找到对应的句子了。这样你听到上句自己先造句下面的单句子，将不能做的变成希望做的，这是对应的句子，如果对方不能理解你的句子的时候模拟可以再从不同的角度说一下，对方就理解了，你造句是否正确听下面对句子自己对一下，保证你急可以学会造句，又能同时理解一对句子了。这样的练习起来就是一排句子对，你理解起来记忆起来阅读起来速度就会很快记牢固，这样一个的段落就可以压码记忆了。
同样，进入下面的一个场景学习，是进一步拓展练习，be的用法也发生变化了。基本句子I wish Stamford were staying at WEFL，引申出I wish California weren't so far away。一对单词were与weren‘t 的be的用法发生了变化。怎样练习？还是一对句子：I’m sorry California’s so far away ，与I wish California weren’t so far away。和上面的变换一样进行替换就可以了。这样另外一对句子I'm sorry you’re not stayin at WEFL，和I wish you were stayng at WEFL，只要替换not 为were一对单词即可。在进一步变换 H’s sorry Maria’s not stayingat Stamfourd ，与 He wishes Maria were staying in Stamford，遇到Maria这里一对单词变了的用wishes就替换了wish，还是不变的还是were替换not。如果是we呢，we're sorry were not aii moving to California，对应的句子We wish we were all moving to California。你还可以继续变换were为weren't，变换they的形式等等，这样你就学活了，在整个连贯的句子群里面学习。所以是一个深入的拓展练习。
再到下面的几个场景学习内容，有将wish替换成hope了，这用一个单词句子练习就升级了。I'm sorry to here you're leaving，对应的句子 I hope you'll all cometo me sometime。下面继续升级练习进行提问回答的使用：will you come to visit me sometime？I hope you'll come to visit me sometime. 其他的问法练习, do you like California? I hope you like California.你和对方说话的时候,你问的和你后面希望的事情是一样的意思,这样你就可以采用不同说法,或者对方一次没有听明白,你再补充一次就明白了,在上方说话的时候允许对方便明白,但是要求自己尽量听明白对方的话,你就要学会各种说法,这样才便于交流,才是对话不会产生障碍.换了说别人呢?Is he happy at the new station? 和这个句子I hope he's happy at the new station是一样的意思,我都不是一问一答而是两种说法.do遇到他人怎么说也要变换,Dose s
he like to walkonthe beach? I hope she like to walk on the beach.
这样一篇课文的互动磁带就通过几个单词连接到关于wish不同句子进行变换练习的场景练习，形成了三个层次结构，你将几个升级层次练习听懂记忆下来，形成练习记忆，当然压码听懂能力就提高到可以压码一篇文章的能力了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-14 10:24
进行归纳总结一下：第九册第十一课
（没有语音，只能听文本朗读软件，因为刻度英语等网络上的语音都是错误的，标着11课练习实际上是第九册互动磁带的复习三语音，希望有正版教材的学员上传一个语音，已经有了正式语音，大家可以将下载的语音修改一下）
一、基本单词：
dish and dishes
Wish and wishes.
hope

二、基本句子
I wish he could be here today.
He wishes he could be here to meet you.
I'm sorry he can't be here today. I wish he could be here today. He's sorry he can't be here to meet you. He wishes he could be here to meet you.

I wish California weren't so far away.I wish Stamford were in California.

Do you like California? I hope you like California.
三、场景学习Wish and wishes.

1、引导语：
Welcome to Lesson Eleven. Sam Finch is at a meeting of the staff of WEFL. He is telling them about the station in California. Let's listen. Listen carefully for two words that sound like dish and dishes.
2、情景：
So that's my announcement. I've bought a new station in California. Maria has decided to come with me. I've sold my share of WEFL to Peter Case. He wishes he could be here to meet you. I wish he could be here today too. But I hope you'll all be happy with him. Congratulations on your new station, Sam. Maria, congratulations on your new job.
3、问题：
Well, what words did you hear that sound like dish and dishes? Wish and wishes.
4、学习：
Now listen and repeat.

wish I wish
I wish he could be
I wish he could be here today.
I wish he could be here today.
wishes he wishes
he wishes he could be
He wishes he could be here to
meet you.
He wishes he could be here to meet you.

Now you hear. . . I'm sorry he can't be here today. And you say. . . I wish he could be here today. You hear. . . He's sorry he can't be here to meet you. And you say. . . He wishes he could be here to meet you. Ready? Let's go.
5、练习：
I'm sorry he can't be here today. I wish he could be here today. He's sorry he can't be here to meet you. He wishes he could be here to meet you.
She's sorry he can't stay in Stamford. She wishes he could stay in Stamford. I'm sorry you can't come to California. I wish you could come to California.
They're sorry they can't work at KELT. They wish they could work at KELT.
They're sorry they can't go to the beach every day. They wish they could go to the beach every day.
I'm sorry I can't continue this exercise.I wish I could continue this exercise.

四、场景学习 not与were，were与 weren't 单词对wish句子对练习：
1、引导语：
OK. Let's listen to the reaction of the staff at WEFL to Maria's relocation to California. Just listen.

2、情景：
I hope you like California, Maria. I hope you're happy at the new station. But I wish you were staying at WEFL. I'm going to miss you. Thanks, Mike. I wish you could come to California with us. No. I'm happy here.I wish California weren't so far away from Stamford. I wish Stamford were in California. Imagine a beach right outside the office.

3、学习：
Now listen and repeat.
I wish you were staying
I wish you were staying
I wish you were staying at WEFL.
I wish you were staying at WEFL.

I wish California
California weren't so far
I wish California weren't so far
I wish California weren't so far away.
I wish California weren't so far away.

I wish Stamford were in
I wish Stamford were in California.
I wish Stamford were in California.

You hear. . . I'm sorry you're not staying at WEFL .And you say. . . I wish you were staying at
WEFL. You hear. . .I'm sorry California's so far away. And you say. . . I wish California weren't so far
away.: OK? Here we go.
4、练习：
I'm sorry you're not staying at WEFL.I wish you were staying at WEFL.
I'm sorry California's so far away. I wish California weren't so far away.
I'm sorry Stamford's not in California. I wish Stamford were in California.
Seriously, I'm sorry you're leaving.Seriously, I wish you weren't leaving.
I'm sorry you're all so sad.I wish you weren't all so sad.
I'm sorry Mike's not coming with me. I wish Mike were coming with me.
He's sorry Maria's not staying in Stamford. He wishes Maria were staying in Stamford.
We're sorry we're not all moving to California. We wish we were all moving to California.

五、场景学习hope的问句和陈述的不同句子用法：
1、引导语：
The meeting of the WEFL staff is almost finished.Everyone is sorry that Maria isn't going to be working at WEFL anymore. Jake says.. . Seriously, I'm sorry to hear you're leaving.I hope you'll all come to visit me sometime.

2、学习：
Now listen and repeat.
hope I hope
I hope you'll all come
I hope you'll all come to visit
I hope you'll all come to visit me sometime.
I hope you'll all come to visit me sometime.

Now you hear. . .Will you all come to visit me sometime? And you say. . . I hope you'll all come to visit me sometime. You hear. . .

Do you like California? And you say. . . I hope you like California. All right? Let's go.

3、练习
Will you all come to visit me sometime? I hope you'll all come to visit me sometime.
Do you like California? I hope you like California.
Is he happy at the new station? I hope he's happy at the new station.

Does she like to walk on the beach? I hope she likes to walk on the beach.
Will he teach her to sail? I hope he'll teach her to sail.
Are they getting married? I hope they're getting married.

And that's the end of Lesson Eleven.

这样一个单词wish的不同比阿达形式的句子通过三个场景练习就压码听懂了不同地变换的句子。使得压码可以做到压码记忆一篇文章的长度了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-14 16:35
学习以后怎样将场景连接起来压码回忆出来？
学习一课以后是否已经记住学习的信息内容，就是当你离开耳机和书本以后还能回想出多少学会的信息？
这一课有几个关键点引导语将前后三个场景连接到一起。我们来看：
1、Welcome to Lesson Eleven. Sam Finch is at a meeting of the staff of WEFL. He is telling them about the station in California. Let's listen. Listen carefully for two words that sound like dish and dishes.
So that's my announcement. I've bought a new station in California. Maria has decided to come with me. I've sold my share of WEFL to Peter Case. He wishes he could be here to meet you. I wish he could be here today too. But I hope you'll all be happy with him. Congratulations on your new station, Sam. Maria, congratulations on your new job.
2、OK. Let's listen to the reaction of the staff at WEFL to Maria's relocation to California. Just listen.
I hope you like California, Maria. I hope you're happy at the new station. But I wish you were staying at WEFL. I'm going to miss you. Thanks, Mike. I wish you could come to California with us. No. I'm happy here.I wish California weren't so far away from Stamford. I wish Stamford were in California. Imagine a beach right outside the office.

3、The meeting of the WEFL staff is almost finished.Everyone is sorry that Maria isn't going to be working at WEFL anymore. Jake says.. . Seriously, I'm sorry to hear you're leaving.I hope you'll all come to visit me sometime.
我们将信息进行整理：
１、Sam Finch is at a meeting ，ｗｈａｔ　ａｂｏｕｔ　ｍｅｅｔｉｎｇ？Sam Finch is telling the staff of 　WEFL　about the station in California．开头就点出了场景的主题。
ｈｏｗ　ｔｏ　ｔｅｌｌｉｎｇ　ｔｈｅｍ？Sam Finch ｉｓannouncement　ｔｈａｔ　ｈｅ＇ｖｅ bought a new station in California。这样就明白了这次会议宣布的重大事项的内容。
ｎｅｘｔ　ｔｏ　ｗｈａｔ？Maria has decided to come with me。
ｈｏｗ　ｔｏ　ｄｅａｌ　ｗｉｔｈ　ａｂｏｕｔ　ｓｈａｒｅ　ｏｆ　ＷＥＦＬ？Ｈｅ＇ｖｅ sold ｈｉｍ share of WEFL．
ｗｈｏ　ｄｏｓｅ　ｗｉｌｌ　ｔｏ　ｂｏｕｇｔ　ｔｈｅ　Sam Finch ＇ｓ　share of WEFL？Peter Case．

He wishes he could be here to meet you．ｈｅ＇ｓ　ｗｈｏ？Peter Case．

I wish he could be here today too.　ｗｈｏ＇ｓ　Ｉ？Sam Finch ．

But I hope you'll all be happy with him．Ｗｈｏ＇ｓ　ｙｏｕ　ａｎｄ　ｈｉｍ？Ｓａｍ　ｆａｎｃｈ　ｗｉｓｈｅｓ　the staff of WEFL　ｈａｐｐｙ　ｗｉｔｈ　Peter Case　ｏｒ　Maria　．Maria
到这里的人物指代关系全部弄明白，学习到了三个单词　ｗｉｓｈ，ｗｉｓｈｅｓ和　ｈｏｐｅ，这是学习的重点和难点，在你压码听懂以后再回来理解和记忆就容易了．

Congratulations on your new station, Sam.　ｗｈａｔ＇ｓ　ｙｏｕ＇ｒ　ｍｅａｎｉｎｇ？Ｍｉｋｅ　Congratulations　ｔｏ　Sam Finch 　ｗｈｏ＇ｌｌ bought a new station in California．
　 Maria, congratulations on your new job．ｗｈｙ？ｂｅｃａｕｓｅ Maria has decided to come with Sam Finch ，ｓｏ　Ｓｔｅｖｅｎ congratulations 　ｔｏ　Mａria　ｈａｖｅ　ｈｉｍ　ａ　new job．
２、ｗｈａｔ＇ｓ　ａｂｏｕｔreaction ａｎｄ　relocation？
Your reaction to something that has happened or something that you have experienced is what you feel, say, or do because of it.　reaction = response
　relocate
If people or businesses relocate or if someone relocates them, they move to a different place.
　　ｌｅｔ＇ｓ　ｌｅｓｔｅｎ　ｔｏ　ｔｈｅ　ｃｏｎｖｅｒｃａｔｉｏｎ　ｂｅｔｗｅｅｎ　Ｍｉｋｅ　ａｎｄ　Ｍａｒｉａ。
　　ｗｈａ’ｓ　ｙｏｕｒ　ｍｅａｎｉｎｇ　ａｂｏｕｔ　Let's listen to the reaction of the staff at WEFL to Maria's relocation to California？ｔｈａｔ＇ｓ　ｔｅｌｌｉｎｇ　ｍｅ　Let's listen to the 　response 　of the staff at WEFL　ａｂｏｕｔ　Maria's move to 　ｔｈｅ　Ｃalifornia　ｔｏｈａｖｅ　ａ　ｎｅｗ　ｊｏｂ。
　　　ｌｅｔ＇ｓ　ｌｅｓｔｅｎ　ｔｏ　ｔｈｅ　ｃｏｎｖｅｒｃａｔｉｏｎ　ｂｅｔｗｅｅｎ　Ｍｉｋｅ　ａｎｄ　Ｍａｒｉａ。

　　ｗｈａｔ‘ｓ　Ｍｉｋｅ　ａｎｓｗｅｒ　ｔｏ　ｔｈｅ　Ｍａｒｉａ？ｗｈａｔ＇ｓ　ｈｉｓ　ｈｏｐｅ？I hope you like California, Maria. I hope you're happy at the new station。　ｗｈａｔ＇ｓ　ｈｉｓ　ｆｅｅｌｉｎｇ？　But I wish you were staying at WEFL. I'm going to miss you.
ｗｈａｔ＇ｓ　ａｂｏｕｔ　Ｍａｒｉａ　ｔｈｅ　ｒｅｐｌｙ？　Ｍａｒｉａ　ｓａｉｄ　ｓｈｅ　ｔhanks　ｔｏ　ｔｈｅ Mike，ｓｈｅ wishｅｓＭｉｋｅ could come to California with 　ｔｈｅｙ.
　　ｗｈａｔ＇ｓ　Ｍｉｋｅ’ｓ　 response？　No. I'm happy here.
　　ｗｈｙ？ｂｅｃａｕｓｅ　ｈｅwishｅｓ California weren't so far away from Stamford. ｈｅ wishｅｓ Stamford were in California. Imagine a beach right outside the office.　Ｍｉｋｅ＇ｓ　ｍｅａｎｉｎｇ　ｔｈａｔ　California　ｉｓ　ｔｏｏ　ｆａｒ　ａｗａｙ　ｆｒｏｍ　Ｓｔａｍｆｏｒｄ。ｉｎ　ｏｔｈｅｒ　ｗｏｒｄｓ　ｔｈａｔ＇ｓ　Ｉ＇ｍ　ｓｏｒｒｙ　Ｃａｌｉｆｏｒｎｉａ＇ｓ　ｓｏ　ｆａｒ　ａｗａｙ，　ｓｏ　ｈｅ　ｗｉｓｈｅｓ　ｈｅ　ａｔａｙｉｎｇ　ａｔ　ＷＥＦＬ，ｉｆStamford were in California　ａｎｄ　Imagine a beach right outside the office　ｔｈａｔ　ｈｅ‘ｖｅ　ｃｏｕｌｄ　ｂｅ　ｃｏｍｅ　ｔｏ　ｔｈｅ　California。
３、Ｉｎ　ｔｈｅ　ｅｎｄ　ｏｆ　ｔｈｅ　ｍｅｅｔｉｎｇ，ｈｏｗ　ａｂｏｕｔ　Ｍａｒｉａ？The meeting of the WEFL staff is almost finished.Everyone is sorry that Maria isn't going to be working at WEFL anymore。Seriously,Ｊａｋｅ sorry to hear Ｍａｒｉａ　ｗｅｌｌ　ｗｅｒｅ leaving.　Ｍａｒｉａ hope the staff of WEFL　come to visit me sometime.

　　

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 06:58
为什么我们在练习压码听懂的时候尽量不借助于压码跟读和压码抄写？
我们大家都有体会如果借助于压码跟读对语音记忆能力是很强的，读着读着就理解了，想象出来了场景，说一你就通过强大的语音图像记忆记住了课文，这是一个很好的练习方法。
压码抄写也是一样，我们也有深刻的体会，只要看着文本，听着语音进行连续不停地抄写，对语音和文本的对应记忆理解能力是很强大的，抄写不但强化了单词的写法帮助你解决会说不会写的字有利于写作，还有利于听写下来相当于大水漫灌不留死角，它可以做到通篇理解记忆的目的。
但是我们不要忘了我们在练习压码听懂，就是只要通过眼睛和耳朵来练习理解记忆，眼睛是在学习语音和文字对应关系达到理解，耳朵来理解情况的检验，进一步强化语音，眼睛在快速看达到记忆的目的。来回进行变换快速强化，把耳朵磨穿，磨透。
干么这么费劲？自己看一边，听一边，跟读一遍，抄写一边，这样不是理解记忆的更彻底吗？是的，压码听看读写是最全面彻底的理解记忆方式，压码法才有是个基本方法学习，基本可是说已经将理解记忆应用的基本练习都涉及到了，练习眼睛、耳朵、嘴巴、手、大脑五者协同作战。
但是，我们可以设想一下，为什么一个瞎子的耳朵特别灵敏，可以用耳朵看路，为什么聋子的眼睛特别灵敏，可以用眼睛看，本来开始聋哑人，开始可能只是耳朵聋，并不哑，可是说话，但是时间长了长期听不到才不会说话的。
这就是说，我们练习英语有一个死角。要想办法在听说读写想五种学习理解记忆消化吸收的手段中，采用任何一种手段都要练习到最佳状态，就像体育运动员一样进行分解训练。这样你合成的成绩才会是最佳的效果。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 07:21
你如果只有听就能一遍理解记忆，不用借助看，不借助读，不借助写，记忆了就能够回想出来，说出来，写出来，你的听力技能是练习到了极致，他容易达到自然消化吸收英语思维的能力。
同样的你只要采用看，就是阅读，不用听，不用读，不用写，你就能看出语音节奏表情，看出文字图像记忆单词句子和篇章，理解并且记忆，可以进行英语思维想象场景，理解记忆进行想英语，说英语，写英语，这样你的看英语就发挥到了极致，也容易达到自然消化吸收英语动能力。
同样你如果只用跟读，不用看，不用写，你也可以打带理解记忆消化吸收英语思维的能力，可以想英语，说英语，写英语，那么你的跟读就发挥到了极致。
你如果只用写，压码抄写，不用看练习听写，不用练习写作，不用跟读，不用朗读，或者只要抄写不用听就能立即记忆篇章，也能达到自然消化吸收英语思维能力，那么你的写就达到了些下来，就能够想，就能够说，就能够写作的目的，将写就发挥到了极致。
你如果只用朗读，就是看着读，眼睛和嘴巴结合，听写耳朵和手的结合，写作手和大脑结合，压码注音眼睛和耳朵、手的结合，压码听看读是耳朵、眼睛、嘴巴的结合。这样你就会对英语学习通过前面几种方法的两项合成到三项合成，到四项合成达到快速消化吸收理解记忆提高英语能力的训练。
所以任何一种训练都是需要进行的，不可偏废。你要想训练出大脑的听力敏感度，形成条件反射能力就必须练习单一的听懂。而不是上来就借助其他的手段。真正体验出来从根本上解决英语亲和力的关键解决方案。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 07:28
只要发现亲和力的问题，你就要办法去解决。你单一方法进行练习了，才知道只要压码听清以后，就可以做到压码听懂，你的英语就可以依靠压码听懂打通这个听说读写的全部通路。
你打通了一个通路，表面上看是学习一篇文章时间长了，借助跟读和抄写很快就解决的问题，非得采用苯办法自己听懂、理解、记忆、应用。但是你会发现自己听力方面以前不太注意的问题。
同样的道理，压码抄写、压码注音，压码跟读、压码模仿、压码朗读、压码纵向法、压码拓展口语、压码看电影、压码读报纸等压码方法都可以单独打通英语听说读写的自己的通路。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 07:36
为什么要这样练习和训练？因为英语要达到学习到自有的过程，你可以与自己母语进行比较就会明白。
你有时是只能听到不能看到文本的，有时是只能看到不能听到语音的，有时你自己会离开电脑、离开书本，离开MP3语音的，有时是直接和人说话的，有时是直接进行写作的，有时你是在听报告做笔记的，有时是在学习记笔记的。有时是没有笔记，听完，看完，读完以后，自己大脑会记忆多少信息的，很多单独应用的场合就需要你任何一种单独的方式进行训练，将其中任何一个方式练习训练好了，都建立起来英语场景拟定英语学习才会更加随心所欲。想怎样练习就怎样练习。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 07:38
英语实际上只有3个技能就是听懂、说话、写作。，具体到练习方式方法可以多种多样，练习好了这三点英语就成功了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 08:51
一次学会一种方法与一种方法的纵向练习透彻的关系
压码法基本方法有10种，我们都可以做到一次听清、一次抄写、一次注音、一次模仿、一次跟读、一次朗读、一次拓展、一次查字典、一次看电影、一次读报纸，方法一次学会一个说明方法是简单实用的。
学习完了一个方法以后，就都可以利用任何其中的一个将英语学好，而不是必须全部方法一起使用才能学好英语，就是任何一个方法都能打通英语的学习通路。所谓学好英语，就是听懂、说出、写出英语来。
比如压码听清学习法，这是学习技巧，一次可以打通耳朵听清，学会了压码的压码一个句子，到快速多次压码、压码长的或多个句子，连环进行压码的深度听清练习，就直接进入了压码听懂的能力。后面所有方法都是这个基本方法的变换和应用。所以压码法并不复杂。
分析10个基本的压码法，前面对是用到两个身体的部位，压码听懂要看文本和不看文本同时练习，压码跟读也是看文本和不看文本同时练习，就是因为任何只能看文本才能学会，或者任何方法只能不看文本练习都是偏废的。我们看一下各个方法用了哪些练习：
压码听懂看文本、听语音，用了眼睛和耳朵；压码抄写用了看文本、听语音，也是用了眼睛和耳朵，但是多了手写；压码注音看文本、听语音，但是增加了手写标记；压码模仿可以看文本和不看文本练习，用了眼睛、嘴巴；压码跟读可以看文本和不看文本进行，用了眼睛和嘴巴；压码朗读看着文本朗读，没有了语音，用了眼睛和嘴巴；压码纵向法看文本、朗读、抄写，没有了语音，用了眼睛、嘴巴和手；压码朗读拓展训练，看文本朗读到不看文本说口语，用了眼睛、嘴巴，为了加强记忆也可以进行抄写后拓展；压码看电影看着图像、听着语音进行跟读，用了眼睛、嘴巴；压码度报纸压码听看读，对于没有语音的报纸用了文本朗读软件朗读语音，对于有语音的可以直接用语音跟读，用了眼睛、嘴巴。所有方法都是一样的分解合成练习。
合成练习一般都注重两个的合成或者眼睛和耳朵，或者眼睛和嘴巴，或者眼睛和手。因为一个学习对于理解记忆效率慢的原因，多了合成有可能不容易协调的原因。所以对于合成训练就是压码听看读写，你可以阿可能这文本、看着图像、听着语音、手写同步进行，或者去掉其中一项。
任何练习都要达到看文本和不看文本都能练习的目的，而不是看文本好还是不看文本好的问题。这一点一定要记住。
我们将全部是个基本方法划分了听说写念的的组合方法和后面的单独综合方法口语、字典、电影、报纸，所以每个方法就组成了一个完整的英语学习体系。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 09:03
我们学习英语要达到怎样的学习效果呢？
就是只要听就能听懂、理解记忆、回想、说出来、写出来的目的。这样英语听说读写就全部包括了，而不是指练习了听的一个方面。
抄写也是只要抄写就能听写、听懂、阅读理解、压码记忆、回想、说出来、写出来（写作）的目的。
跟读和模仿及朗读只要出声读就能读懂、阅读理解、听懂、压码记忆、说出来、写出来的目的。
注音也可以达到同样的效果。
纵向法查字典同样是朗读理解、听懂朗读、说出来复述口语、听写自己朗读的写作等目的，还有利用软件右脑层次结构回想练习的顺序的作用。
压码看电影看懂、听懂、读懂、口语和写作同步练习的目的。
读报纸读懂、看懂、听懂，阅读理解、口语、听力、写作同步实现。
这样不论采用哪种学习方法练习英语都可以学习好。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 09:09
我们可以设想一下压码法既是手段，因为可以一次达到一个基本方法的目标，又是目的，学习英语就是要记忆住，压码压住才是真正的目的，只要压码记忆住了，记忆之的包括语音、文本和意义，你就可以理解，可以回想就产生了英语思维的能力，可以说出来，说不出来是没有记住，可一些出来，写不出来也是没有记住，就是没有学会压码记忆。
最终的学习是通过压码到手段达到压码的目的，手段和目的就是一个统一体，而不是压码是压码，学习是学习，应用时应用。他们都要一气呵成，是一回事。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 09:23
对于英语能力的提高是无限的，所谓提高也就是不断提高压码到能力而已。
举一些例子：
比如
1、英语对话，一个是要听懂对方说的话，自己在说话。他是实际应用，不是练习英语，没有文本，也没有磁带的语音，没有手写的笔和纸。
2、写作：自己写英语，不看文本，不听语音，心里想用笔写出来。
3、听报告、看电视、国外留学听专业课：只有实况的语音、图像，没有说话人的文本，你可以自己记笔记，但是你无法暂停和复读，你无法全文练习常速听写下来，只能记录简要的学习读书笔记。
4、听力复述：你听一段实时英语，他不是一句一句的对话，而是一次就几个小时，听完了都没局听懂了但是听完了也忘记了。
5、看报纸：没有语音需要自己朗读或者阅读，不用笔，听完以后怎样记住复述理解记忆的内容，根据报纸的新闻观点进行讨论。
6、这是你就知道自己学习英语听力、阅读、口语、写作练习的偏差究竟在哪里了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-16 11:26
第九册复习四
一、基本词组：
So do I.

do 、 would 、have、am、 can

Neither do I.

So would I.
Neither would I.
So am I.
Neither am I.
So have I.
Neither have I.
So can I.
Neither can I.

二、基本句子：
I go to work every morning at nine. So do I.
I really don't want to stay at WEFL. Neither do I.

So the short response to "I would speak" is . . . So would I.
The short response to "I have spoken" is . . So have I.
The short response to "I am speaking" is . . .So am I.
And now answer yourself. What's the short response to "I can speak English"? So can I.
And the short response to "I speak English"? So do I.

I hope they get married. So do I.
I wouldn't mind new people on the show. Neither would I.
I'm going to like living in California.So am I.
You know, I've never been to Disneyland.Neither have I.
I'd be very interested in meeting Mel Gibson. So would I.
I want to visit the zoo in San Diego. So do I.
I really can't wait. Neither can I.

三、场景学习So do I.

1、引导语:
Review Four. Sam Finch and Maria have left. Jake, Steven, Connie, and Mike are discussing the sale of WEFL and the new owner, Peter Case. Listen to what they say.
2、情景：
The sale of the station is a big story. Yeah. I just wish this weren't happening. I hope Peter Case is nice. So do I.
3、引导语：
I hope he likes the show as it is.So do I.I've read about him in the newspaper. He's bought a lot of other stations. He has a lot of money.

I hope he doesn't cancel the show. So do I.
Did you notice Jake, Mike, and Connie's response: "So do I"? We say "So do I" when we want to indicate that we agree with the other person, or when we do the same thing as the other person. For example. . .

4、学习：
I go to work every morning at nine. So do I.
I come home every evening at six. So do I.

Now listen and repeat.

So do I. So do I.
Let's practice this expression. You hear. . .I hope Peter Case is nice.And you say. . .So do I.You hear. . .I go to work every day at nine. And you say. . .So do I. Ready? Let's begin.
5、练习
I hope Peter Case is nice.So do I.
I go to work every day at nine. So do I.
I like the show as it is. So do I.
I feel terrific. So do I.

四、场景学习Neither do I.
1、引导语：
Maria and Sam are having lunch. Listen to their conversation. This time listen for the negative form of So do I.
2、情景：
Well, Maria, what are you having? Gee, I don't know. Everything on the menu looks so good.Let me see. . . I really want something light.Yeah, so do I. I'm not very hungry. Well, they have fresh asparagus with a lemon sauce. How about asparagus?They're in season. No.I don't like asparagus. Funny. Neither do I.Even with the lemon sauce. What about some broiled fish?They have terrific fish here . . . and maybe a green salad? I can't decide. You order for me, would you, Sam?
3、学习
What is the negative form of So dol? Neither do I. Now listen and repeat.

neither Neither do I.
Neither do I.

4、引导语：
Let's practice these short responses: "So do I" and "Neither do I." You hear. . .
I really want something light for lunch. And you reply. . .So do I. You hear... I don't like asparagus.And you reply. . . Neither do I. OK? Let's start.

5、练习:
I really want something light for lunch. So do I.
I don't like asparagus. Neither do I.
I really don't want to stay at WEFL. Neither do I.

I like the idea of living near the beach. So do I.
You know, I don't really mind leaving Stamford. Neither do I.
I hate this restaurant. So do I.
五、场景学习So do I综合应用 do 、 would 、have、am、 can 的肯定与否定变换：
1、引导语：
Let's listen to some more of the conversation at WEFL.Everyone's worried about what's going to happen with the new changes. Listen for a different form of the short responses"So do I" and "Neither do I."

2、情景：
I wouldn't mind new people on the show.Neither would I. We could use some help, especially with Maria leaving. I've got an idea. Let's ask Maria to stay. Yes! No. I wouldn't ask her.Neither would I. She's very happy with Sam. I hope they get married. So do I. It's a good move for Maria.But I hope the new owner is OK. If we could meet him, I'd feel better. So would I.
3、引导语：
What new form of So do I did you hear in this conversation? So would I.And what is the negative form of So would I? Neither would I.

Notice that the form of the short response depends on the auxiliary verb in the original sentence.
4、学习：
So the short response to "I would speak" is . . . So would I.
The short response to "I have spoken" is . . So have I.
The short response to "I am speaking" is . . .So am I.
And now answer yourself. What's the short response to "I can speak English"? So can I.
And the short response to "I speak English"? So do I.

The same system works in the negative form.Let's practice the short response in some of its many forms. You hear. . . I hope they get married. And you respond. . . So do I. You hear. . . I wouldn't mind new people on the show. And you respond. . . Neither would I. OK? Here we go.
5、练习：
I hope they get married. So do I.
I wouldn't mind new people on the show. Neither would I.
I'm going to like living in California.So am I.
You know, I've never been to Disneyland.Neither have I.
I'd be very interested in meeting Mel Gibson. So would I.
I want to visit the zoo in San Diego. So do I.
I really can't wait. Neither can I.

This is the end of Review Four.

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 93 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2007-10-28 08:58
英语成功的有效学习时间是两天
看到这个题目也许很多人都是惊讶的。然而达到2天的有效学习时间的学员确实少之又少的。
学习英语的效果是可以通过压码进行检验的，大家学习英语多年想一想有多少时间学习是有效的。
美国你好的互动磁带如果大家学会了，按照教材的设计内容已经达到美国生活英语的80%以上，进行听说读写应该是没有问题的。
这里摘录教材的一段话：“高级片时和大学以上、研究生学习者，我们为你设计的学习时间是每天一个半小时，两个月即可学完病掌握《洪恩环境英语－高级篇》（共三册）的内容，达到专业人士听说水平，能用英语谈论该层次的话题，流利表述个人思想和发表评论”。
　　可事实上来学习英语的多数就是大学以上的学员，如果自己学习教材能够在两个月达到上述效果的可以说是微乎其微。
　　我简单统计了一下，互动磁带共有每课１３分钟时间，一册２０８分钟，三册６２４分钟磁带，相当１０．４个磁带小时，四册不超过４０小时，也就是不超过２天时间。
　　这两天时间的磁带怎样算做已经学会了呢？学习能听懂、看懂、读懂，压码记住学会应用，说出来、写出来，达到这样的标准就算已经学会了英语。
　　有了这个基本的目标，就是两天有效学习时间，即包括数量，由包括质量，剩下的就是为了实现目标需要的实现途径的方法，学习效率的速度了。也许你可能在两个月实现，也许你可能需要一两时间达到，就看你学习的最终的学习进程的效果了。
　

php1983 2007-10-28 09:22
本来看懂了一些。一看到后面又看不懂了。
孙老师能不能详细的举个例子。

sunyuting1 2007-10-28 09:35
压码记忆是实现２天有效学习时间的途径－－压码英语学习法
　　按照一篇课文理解记忆灵活应用的要求，大家学习多年英语可以听懂你好美国互动磁带几个小时磁带，看懂几个小时电视，读懂几个小时课文文本，说出几个小时的内容，写出几个小时的英语呢？如果同时听说读写都达到全部压码理解记忆灵活应用的程度，怎样才可能达到压码这两天４０个小时的英语呢？可能很多人连一篇课文的１３分钟都没有达到。大家可以试探性检验一下，听看读写一遍一册的教材，自己合上课文，关掉耳机，关掉ｃｖｄ电视，自己进行说和写，恐怕压码记住的有效学习时间磁带小时都会会少得可怜。
　　当时读懂了，当时听懂了，当时看懂了，当时听写下来了，后来又忘记了，需要自己听人说话听不懂了，自己说话说不出来了，自己写的时候也写不出来了。这就是没有压住英语的码的缘故阿！
　　什么是压码英语学习法，这个码就是英语，压就是记住不忘的英语，压码的方法就是达到记住英语的文本、语音、图像、意义的过程，压码能力的高低就是听看读写英语以后记忆的延时时间的长短。
　　给压码法下一个完整全面的定义，包括全部的各种基本压码法，就是英语的语音、文本、图像连续不停地进行，通过与此同步进行的压码听语音、看文本、看图像、读语音文本、写语音文本等等连续不停地学习途径，利用各种压码听看读写的连续不停地练习方法，不断提高同步延时记忆的时间，压码听清、读懂、看懂、听懂、理解记住、压码回想、说出、写出的全过程。
　　换一句话说，压码法就是通过听到、看到、读到、写到英语的语音、文本、图像，同步连续不停地进行，延时一定时间进行清楚准确地同步再现练习理解记忆，重复进行听清、读懂、看懂、听懂、回想、说出、写出的方法，达到提高英语有效学习时间、学会有效英语的总和。
　　
　　

sunyuting1 2007-10-28 10:35
压码法的适应性：
压码法有很多学习方法，每种方法都是提高有效学习时间的不同实现形式。
任何一种压码方法，比如压码听清、压码抄写、压码听写、压码注音、压码模仿、压码跟读、压码朗读、压码拓展、压码纵向、压码看电影、压码读报纸，都是压码法的一种实现形式，都是学习压码法的一个切入点，任何一个方法都是一个分解练习的具体程序，都可以一次学会，可以一次学会的方法就说明是简单的。
　　压码法可以从零基础开始，不会一个单词，不会任何一个读音，都能够选择其中的方法进行练习，比如压码听清、压码抄写、压码注音等方法，对于英语基础高的学员来说，这些方法不是知识和英语能力本身，是压码技巧的练习，没有学习之前都是不会的，但是不是学习的英语知识和技能都没有用了，而是采用压码以后提高的效率更高，基础越高采用压码法以后学习达到有效学习时间就会越多。否则我们无法理解一些英语达到６级、研究生或者大学老师的学员，甚至有的学员本身英语水平就很高，有的英语已经成功了的学员还有学习压码法的原因了，也无法理解那些全部压码法没有辅导结束就成功的学员所隐藏的潜力了。所以说无论英语基础高低，学习压码法都会各得其所。
　　方法都是同样的压码法，目标都是学会听说读写一定的有效学习时间的英语内容，采用任何一种压码法都能达到学会英语的目的。
　　压码法最基本的方法是压码一个句子，从学习的第一时刻就开始压码一个句子，只要你采用压码的程序进行无论以前英语基础如何，都能做到听到一个句子以后，磁带连续不停播放语音，连续不停地听清回想出来，看着文本、听着语音连续不停地压码抄写出来，压码注音出来，不需要任何英语基础。
　　压码法的第一个方法压码听清基本要求是可以压码一个句子听清连续不停地回想出来，一天可以做到压码听清。压码听清以后就可以练习压码美国句子的多次重复回想、压码较长时间的句子、压码多个句子。压码听清以后就可以直接转入压码听懂的练习，压码听懂的方法就是深度听清的方法。
　　从压码一个句子到压码几个句子、压码长句子、压码多次重复快速练习、连环压码，压码法第一个方法压码听清的深度听清就有了，以后任何方法都可以采用不同实现形式连不断练习。所以压码听清以后就可以实现压码听懂理解记忆、回想、说和写的目标，只要学会你好美国互动磁带的内容，达到２天有效学习时间，英语经已经成功了，所以他只是第一个方法，而不是第一阶段。
　　其他任何方法只要学会第一个方法都同样可以做到学会这些英语的２天的有效学习时间。具体方法都是各自具有本身的特点，比如压码听清从听开始，压码抄写从写开始，压码注音从标记语音文本开始，压码跟读和模仿从读音开始，压码纵向法从查英语字典开始，压码拓展从口语开始，压码看电影从视频语音开始，压码读报纸从文本开始，压码听看读写是综合的方法，看着文本、看着视频、听着语音，进行听清、回想、抄写、注音、跟读，可以侧重一点兼顾其他，可以侧重几点同步练习，也可以在一种方法中应用其他的方法。最终目标都是一样的，就是听懂、理解、记忆、回想、说出、写出，达到你好美国具体的１２册课文的两天磁带小时有效学习时间压码记忆应用的目标。
　　压码法不偏废听说读写，那个为先都可以。压码法打通了不同学习方法的通路，那个方法都是最基本的压码时间越长速度越慢越好，压码快速重复越多速度越好两个压码方向同时发展。压码时间越长记忆的越牢固，压码速度越快，提高有效学习时间越长，达到学会英语的时间越短。
　　　

sunyuting1 2007-10-28 10:54
学习方法与学习材料的关系：
压码听懂学习法是我们目前集体辅导的第一个方法，学会了这一个方法只要将听变为抄写、变为阅读、变为注音、变为跟读，变为压码听看读就转换到任何其他压码的方法。变换的只是学习材料，强化的以听懂带动听说读写，还是强化以抄写带动听说读写，还是以注音的语音带动听说读写，还是以跟读带动听说读写而已，只有眼睛、耳朵、嘴巴、大脑、手的几个感官器官共同协调使用的起始点不同而已，最后都是全部调动协调起来学会英语。使用的学习材料无论是互动磁带文本和语音、课文文本和语音，还是光盘的视频语音文本，只是学习材料不同而已，没有本质地差别。
　　从美国你好的学习材料来看，互动磁带是你好美国的突出特点，其他语音材料没有这样的逻辑层次关系，所以这是必须要掌握的。课文语音的特点是语音标准、变化大，人员多，编排故事系统、学习内容全面，其他的和别的英语学习材料没有本质地差别。光盘是语音、视频和文本记忆课后练习整体配套，学习理解速度快。
　　所以我们学习压码听懂和压码口语拓展以互动磁带的内容为主，学习压码听清、压码注音为课文语音为主，学习压码跟读看电影以光盘为主。
　　
　　

sunyuting1 2007-10-28 11:43
压码听懂学习法的练习：
　　采用你好美国的互动磁带进行学习。从压码听清的基本方法压码一个句子、多重压码、压码长句子、压码多个句子、连环压码基本方法开始，采用压码听看语音文本的学习材料，进行压码听清、压码阅读、压码听懂、压码回想、压码记忆练习，里面引用压码抄写、注音、跟读的技巧，到听音看字压码理解记忆语音、文本、意思上来，练习完毕的整理、回想、说和写进行压码记忆的检验和深化练习。
　　遇到不同问题可以变通练习，反复阅读、听看、看、整理练习，从基本的压码一个句子就可以练习，练习中间的互动磁带内容不能理解的旧可以根据内容的对应压码进行多种压码回想，对于长句子就可以分解短句子压码多个句子练习和压码长句子练习，对于不能理解不能记忆的信息就可以进行多种压码练习，对于生词、难词不能记忆语音的就可以采用心中注音音节字头方法解决，对于不能记忆的单词写法就可以采用心中意念抄写关键信息记忆，对于听力不集中时候的语音记忆就可以采用压码跟读辅助进行，对于理解以后记忆速度较慢或者回想记忆不流畅不全面就可以采用整理文本听音压码记忆进行。可以说没有不能解决的问题。最终学习一篇课文的互动磁带形成了完整的层次逻辑关系，从基本单词、基本句子到基本层次场景到替换练习句子群，相互之间的联系中压码理解记忆。
　　反复练习不是死的套路，要灵活掌握，听看、听、看、整理，一个程序不能做到全部压码一篇课文，可以继续反复进行，整理可以在后也可以在先，只要你最后全部压码理解记忆，可以回想出来、说出来、写出来就行。
　　有时候可能练习几遍也不能听懂，你不能无效劳动，你需要看文本理解，你也需要整理文本帮助你理解记忆，从不同层次进行整理，反复理解了，你进行压码听懂也是一种休息和巩固语音压码记忆的时候，有效学习时间当然就长了。压码阅读是压码理解后的记忆，压码整理也是压码理解记忆，压码理解以后已经全部一遍听懂以后的反复听记忆语音和意思的细节也是压码记忆。你最后压码的句子越多，压码记忆的篇幅越大，层次结构越明朗，可以回想出来的越全面细致，以后复习所需要的实际学习时间越短，你的有效学习时间就越长。你整理过程，阅读过程中，可以联想的英语就越多，就将本课和前面学习的课文练习到一起了，可以熟练应用了。不看书不听磁带可以回想记忆的篇幅就越长了，有效学习时间就越多了。
　　　你开始学习引导语和情境能够理解就不错了，能够压码一个句子理解也就不错了，开始是不会一遍都压码记忆下来的，但是当你练习了后面的压码回想学习、引导学习你听、你说就学会了压码的程序方法，学会了压码练习你就可以将一个句子任意变换成系列的句子，不断进行任意单词和词组的替换，不断继续进行前后句子短语的添加，不断进行一个句子多种相同表达方式的不同句子练习，你就可以一个意思学会了多种说法，自己说英语的时候就灵活自由多了，这些两个以上句子的合成，就会学会造复杂的长句子，也容易听懂长句子了，对于一个情景的不同句子全部练习完毕，你对于情景的一段对话就能掌握它的基本句子表达，掌握它的提问和回答方法，掌握情境的信息的正误，和关键信息的记忆方法了，一段情境几个句子就可以同时压码记住了。不同场景层次之间都是逐步深化练习，你就通过整理跨越了不听段落的压码。这时你再进行每个句子都可以自己设置类似情景了。你进行下一次压码听懂就可以自己进行编排句子结构了，所以你听懂了、记忆了、回想出来了，就可以自己说和写了。这就是从压码一个句子到可以压码一篇课文了。这１３分钟的磁带有效学习时间就掌握了。
　　对于学习不动的时候，你只要采用整理的方式仍然可以进行快速推进，你没有文本的时候可以回想，没有语音的时候可以上网练习文本，都没有打时候可以回想，可以自己说，自己将记忆的内容和理解的内容自己写，睡觉的时候可以自己听，又大大地充分利用了练习时间。学习累了的时候也可以进行听懂以后的反复体验感觉，压码听懂强化了，下次一旦遇到不能听懂的课文内容，你自己心里就更有数了，也有信心了。
　　

sunyuting1 2007-10-28 12:00
怎样写压码听懂的日记？
　　学习压码听懂课文的时候，你要将当时的感觉和理解记忆的方法、手段通过文字记下来，包括互动磁带的练习的具体技巧、措施，开动大脑进行压码法领悟、感受和体验。另外，学习不能只有总结的文字，还要具体到课文的文本上，因为以后练习的时候你所写的文字你不知道对应的是那一段文本的练习方法，体验就是空洞的，对于进一步提高不利，如果光有整理的文本，没有自己总结文字，就会出现很多雷同，对于深化练习不利。所以中文的帖子和英文的整理都要有，日记要包括这两种形式。
　　对于一些学员压码听懂的理解具体情况，说得是练习作业，实际上也是对大家的练习进度，练习深度，英语理解程度，压码方法理解到程度的一个检验，我看了以后可以对你进行有的放矢地辅导。我写文字帖子就是针对大家学习中的问题解决方案的辅导，我整理的文本也是具体的范例，你可以联想模仿着去套就可以了。

sunyuting1 2007-10-31 05:06
昨天升级论坛丢失的贴子：
听个够、看个透、学个细、练个透、改个周、全记住、想的顺、说出口、写的顺、顺结构。

这是一个最重要的贴子，一时想不起来贴子原文了，先写一个大概意思。

sunyuting1 2007-11-09 10:47
如何练习句子变换的复杂长句子压码听懂？
压码听懂句子变换练习一般是听清一个句子原形，进行心中回想，然后按照引导语句子变换的要求进行造句，这是除了回想原来的句子语音外，在后面句子没有到来的时候提前压码回想自己造句应该变形的句子。
1、注意原形和变形的句子的一个例子的基本词组区别；
2、压码回想原形句子，再根据单词变换例子造句提前压码回想变形的句子；
3、第二次压码回想磁带的第二个变形句子，对提前压码回想的变形句子碱性检验是否正确；
4、双重压码连环互相原形和变形句子。

sunyuting1 2007-11-09 10:47
一般句子变化的长度较长，连环压码、多重压码有一定的难度，但是如果不采用压码法进行正向滞后压码和反向提前压码回想理解记忆，对于后面的句子系列就会感觉非常困难。所以压码练习就起到以一当十的作用。
压码长句子的方法：
1、从最后面的主题词组搭配开始压码回想比较容易，然后逐步在主题词组的前面添加词组压码回想；
2、从基本词组的前面连接词开始压码回想也比较容易，然后向后添加词组压码回想；
3、从基本的简单句子前后双向添加词组压码回想，将简单句子变成复杂句子，还可以进行归纳整理、口头添加、回想添加和笔头添加练习，提高压码造长句子和回想长句子的能力；
4、将不同课文的最后部分练习和引导语进行跨课文之间复制粘贴到一起整理练习；
5、分别练习长句子自然断句分解和合成复杂句子练习；
6、情景段落合成练习，找出每个段落的句子群内部之间的连接词，将主题词组删除，变成缩略句子群。
这样你的压码长句子的能力就可以起到立竿见影的效果。

sunyuting1 2007-11-09 11:00
整理课文的重点词组：
1、学习的关键词组，一篇课文都是以一个关键练习的词组引导整篇课文的，从基本词组到短语到基本句子再到复杂句子的合成顺序进行的，所以要归纳出关键基本词组；
2、变换词性和时态的词组和单词，区分单词的异同点，可以用复制的全部一个段落句子群内进行复制原形和变形单词；
3、注意人称对应的句子变化、时态对应的句子变化，将原句子和变换的句子进行对照压码回想。
4、对于从文本上不能区分性别的要从语音中辨别男女性别的单词变换，边听语音边整理、修改。
5、整理词组不是整理生词，而是整理熟词。

炭头 2007-11-09 19:15
孙老师依然孜孜不倦哦～～辛苦了～～

堂堂正正做人 2007-11-12 07:02
老师都付出了这样的努力,我们还有什么道理不认真学习.

wyj119481 2008-02-21 15:44
太好了

amo 2008-03-20 23:46
我已经激动的不只如何表达了`

nbshuo 2008-05-30 06:33
好！！！！

sunyuting1 2008-06-01 17:34
此帖是学员学习压码听懂的理论帖，9册、10册、11册、12册的练习是压码听懂的范例帖。

对于理论帖实际上也就是我练习压码听懂的日记帖，写日记最主要的功能就是归纳和总结，每次练习会遇到一些困难是正常的，克服了练习中的困难，也就是解决的具体办法，不然练习一段时间之后可能自己当时练习的方法也忘记了，有了日记总结帖以后即使忘记了，还会再现练习。

sunyuting1 2008-06-01 17:49
原来压码听懂的方法是在辅导学员压码直通车中采用软件练习的，而压码听懂的理论帖子是在忘记软件条件下练习写成的。

建议练习压码听懂的学员可以采用Transcribe!软件练习，效率会有较大的提高。

软件下载地址：http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9303&keyword=

120325843 2008-06-13 01:24
啊好好啊我也想听啊

sunyuting1 2008-06-25 06:23
这是目前唯一个辅导方法压吗听懂的辅导教材的帖子，希望大家一定要经常看，遇到问题就可以从中得到答案。
压码听懂是压码听清的深化练习，他要求压住语音，压住文本，压住意思，压码压到音、形、义三者合一，才叫做压码听懂。

sunyuting1 2008-06-25 06:40
怎样叫做压住码？
压码听清和压码听懂的区别：
压码听清，听着语音，一个句子结束以后，可以回想出来磁带的声音。这叫做压码听清到压码一个句子。是否听懂是不做要求的。
而压码听懂，你听到一个句子以后，只能随着磁带连续播放回想出来磁带的语音，但是你还不能听懂，只有你可以听着语音，每个句子的语音大脑压码到回想出来文本才叫做压住了码，这样才能不断压码理解句子的意思，这就是压码听懂和压码听清的区别。
压码听懂听语音，不但在随着磁带可以压码下来，一个语音练习结束以后，还要留下深刻的语音印象，包括语音的节奏、语言的感觉，实际上就是已经记住了磁带的语音，你自己看文本也能回想出来磁带的语音。
压码听懂是压住语音，压住文本，压住意思，而压住语音就是记住语音，压住文本，就是记住文本，压住意思，就是记住意思的含义。全部一篇课文练习下来，只有将磁带语音和文本结合起来记住了意思，才是自然消化吸收了英语。

sunyuting1 2008-06-28 17:37
压码听懂的文本浮想图象操作要要领：

1、整理修改原文错误的文本，用。。。。省略号标识语音句子间隔，同时在原来文本用点黑每行的办法进行阅读语音，一旦发现文本于磁带不同，按照语音在文本上进行打字修改，注意左右手的分工协作。也可以在每行用鼠标点一下标识位置，进行打字添加单词，反复练习几遍，知道全部错误修改完毕，这时语音基本也完全记忆下来，看着文本的语音就能回想的和磁带一样，进行压码完整句子回想语音的节奏。又了这样的感觉即可停止练习。
2、压码听磁带进行心中压码听写或者压码注音练习：
用15-25%的速度听磁带语音，慢慢欣赏语音，闭上眼睛，躺在沙发上，身体处于一种舒服的状态。由于播放的速度很慢，这是你闭眼就可以在心中听写文本了，要将每个句子的音节听仔细，心中回想，可以用手意念来画写音节的字头，遇到比较难的单词还可以听写完整的文本，或者又选择地听写，个别没有跟上听写的放过也没有关系，这样只要速度足够慢，你就可以实现闭眼听写和压码注音了。这样练习的语音是最精细的语音。他比在纸张上的听写具有舒服的感觉，而且可以集中精力压码回想细腻的语音，整个身心都陶醉在其中，真正自然理解语音、文本和意思。
3、闭眼浮想文本语音的图象：
听一段时间，语音越来越精细，意念听写的文本和压码注音文本越来越完整。你就可以开始闭上眼睛进行浮现文本了。还是躺在沙发上，面想墙，迷着眼睛，看语音，随着语音的节奏，文本就可以出现了，就象写在一面墙上一样，有太阳光线，就可以看到红色的文本。
你的眼睛闭进一些，心情情景，这是随着语音的旋律，文字就可以缓缓地一个句子一个句子向左移动了，你要精细地体现出来文本的节奏的变化，就可以将文本的词组听的短一些，压码这个较小句子的词组了，你很幸福地体会到刚才整理的文本，还有这些。。。。省略号，将词组短语分割，闭眼看得文本更仔细，文本慢慢随着语音向左运行。语音文本和意思得到了完美的结合。

sunyuting1 2008-06-28 21:49
辅导范例：

BOOK NINE LESS ONE

一、基本词组：too，not enough：

too...to; not old enough to feed himself ; understand what people say ; you can answerby sayingg

next to his bed; wait until moning ; start with ; make some suggestions; look it up in the phone book

1、too：

too，isn't even ： too young to do,isn't old enough， isn't even old enough 。

连接词：Welcome to ，This is，Let's liste to，as ，talks about， Listen to ， tell us about ，that ，or that ，isn't old enough to，isn't old enough to，only，to 。。。 what。。。，But ，And ，Now listen to，going to，When 。。。asks 。。。，if 。。。 can do，answer ，by saying ，that 。。。，For example，you hear... ，Can 。。。?And you say. . .，Or youhear. .，Can 。。。 understand what 。。。 say，And you say. . .，。。。isn't old enough 。。。，All right, let's begin.。

to do： to feed himself.，to understand what people say， to read，to talk yet. ，to sit up.，to crawl.， to stand up。

==========================================
Welcome to 。。。
Book Nine.
This is。。。
Lesson One.
Let's liste to。。。
Steven
as he talks about。。。
his son Peter.
Peter is。。。
only two month old.
Listen to 。。。
Steven tell us about 。。。
the things
。。。that Peter
is 。。。too young
to do,
or that 。。。he
isn't old enough。。。
to do.

Peter 。。。isn't old enough。。。
to feed himself.
He's only。。。
two months old. .
. He 。。。isn'told enough。。。
。。。 to understand
。。。what people say. .
.But。。。 Peter . . .
。。is too young
。。。 to read.
。。。And 。。。he's too young
。。。to play baseall.
He 。。。isn't even old enough
。。。to crawl.

Now listen to。。。
。。。 and repeat these things
。。。that Peter
。。。isn't old enough。。。
。。to do.

。。。feed himself
old enough to 。。。
feed himself
He isn't old enough。。。
。。。to feed himself.
He isn't old enough。。。
。。。to feed himself.

。。。understand 。。。
。。。what people say
old enough。。。
。。。to understand。。。
。。。 what people say
He isn't old enough。。。
。。。to understand。。。
。。。what people say.
He isn't old enough。。。
。。。 to understand
。。。what people say.

Now you're going to。。。
talk about。。。
Steven's son,
Peter
. 。。。When someone asks you
。。 if 。。。Peter can do。。。
certain things,
you answer 。。。。
。。。by saying
。。。that he isn't old enough。。。
。。。to do those things.
。。。For example,

you hear . . .
。。。Can Peter feed himself?
And you say. . .。。。
No.
He isn't old enough 。。。
。。。to feed himself.
Or you hear. . .
。。。Can he understand 。。。
。。。what peoplesay?
And you say. . .。。。
No. He isn't old enough。。。
。。。to understand 。。。
。。。what people say.
All right,
let's begin.。。。

Can 。。。Peter feed himself?
No. He 。。。isn't old enough 。。。
。。。to feed himself.
。。。Can he understand
。。。what 。。。people say?
No. He isn't old enough。。。
。。。 to understand
。。。what people say.
。。。Can 。。。he talk yet?
No. He isn't old enough
。。。 to talk yet.
。。。Can。。。 he sit up?
No. He 。。。isn't old enough 。。。
。。。to sit up.
。。。Can。。。 he dress himself?
No. He。。。 isn't old enough 。。。
。。。to dress himself.
。。Can 。。。he crawl?
No. He isn't old enough。。。
。。。to crawl.
。。。Can。。。 he stand up?
No. He isn't old enough。。。
。。。 to stand up.
---------------------------------------------------------
2、too young ， isn't old enough：

连接词：Remember ，said about ，But 。。。 is . .，too young to，And ，Now listen to ，and repeat，that ，。。。is 。。。，too young to do，。。。If 。。。，then 。。。you can say，。。。that。。。， If 。。。you can say that 。。。，Now listen to。。。，。。。 tell you about 。。。things 。。。that 。。。 isn't old enough to do.，Agree。。。 with。。。 him 。。。by saying。。 that he's 。。。too young to。。。 do those things.，For example,， you hear. . ，.And you say。。。，That's right. He's。。。，Or you hear. .， isn't old enough to 。。。，and you say. . .，That's right.He's。。。OK, let's begin.。。。，to hold a bottle 。

to do：do those things，to read， to play baseball，to crawl，to feed himself. ，to talk，to stand up and walk。

=========================================

Remember 。。。
。。。what else
Steven 。。。said about 。。。Peter?

But Peter is . . 。。。
。。。. too young to。。。 read.
。。。And 。。he's too young 。。。
。。。 to play baseball.

Now listen to 。。。
。。。and repeat。。。 the things
that Peter
。。。is 。。。too young to do.

too young 。。。to read
He's too young 。。。
。。。to read.
He's too young 。。。
。。。to read.

too young 。。。to play baseball
He's too young。。。
。。。 to play baseball.
He's too young 。。。
。。。to play baseball.

。。。If 。。。Peter
。。。 isn't old enough。。。
。。。to read,
。。。then。。。 you can say。。。
。。。that 。。。he's too young。。。
。。。to read.
。。。 If 。。。he isn't old enough 。。。
。。。to play baseball,
you can say 。。。
。。。that 。。。he's too young 。。。
。。。to play baseball.
Now listen to。。。
Steven。。。 tell you
。。。about things
。。。that 。。Peter。。。 isn't old enough to do.。。。
Agree。。。 with。。。 him
。。。by saying。。。
。。。that he's 。。。
too young to。。。
。。。 do those things.
For example,。。。

you hear. . .。。。
Peter。。。 isn't old enough。。。
。。。 to crawl.
And you say. . 。。。
.That's right.
He's 。。。too young to crawl
.Or you hear. .
.He。。。 isn't old enough
。。。to feed himself.
。。。and you say. . .。。
That's right.。。。
He's 。。。too young 。。
。。。to feed himself.
OK, let's begin.。

Peter 。。。isn't old enough 。。。
。。。to crawl.
That's right. 。。。
He's。。。 too young。。。
。。。to crawl.
He 。。isn't old enough。。。
。。。to feed himself.:
That's right. 。。
He's 。。。too young。。。
。。。to feed himself.
He。。。 isn't old enough 。。。
。。。to hold a bottle .
That's right.。。。
He's。。。 too young。。。
。。。。to hold a bottle.:
He 。。。isn't old enough。。。
。。。to dress himself.
That's right. 。。。
He's。。。 too young 。。。
。。。to dress himself.
He。。。 isn't old enough。。。
。。。to talk.
That's right. 。。。
He's 。。。too young 。。。
。。。to talk.
He 。。。isn't old enough。。。
。。。 to stand up
。。。and walk.:
That's right.。。。
He's。。。 too young 。。。
。。。to stand up
。。。 and walk.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3、too：

too：too tired， too busy ，even too busy ，too tired or too busy or too . .，too old ， too polite
，too intelligent，too poor。

连接词： like， aren't ，people。。。 who 。。。aren't able ，to do things，when 。。。said。。。，。。。and。。。 are 。。。to 。。。，. Now listen and repeat.，Now you're 。。。going to。。。 tell us。。。， that。。。，。。。 because。。。 you're ，For example，you heer. . .:，Tired... get up at seven A.M. ， And you say. . . ，Or you hear. . ， Busy... eat regular meals.，And you say. . .，All right, let's begin.，Tired... get up at seven A.M.，Old... play with toys，Polite... call someone an pidiot.，Intelligent. . . make thatmistake. ， Poor. . .buy an expensive car. ，

to do things： the alarm clock， goes off 。。。at ， too tired。。。 to get up . . . ，to eat reular meals.，We're even too busy ，to go grocery shopping.，to eat regular meals，some things， you can't do，something. ，to get up at sevenA.M，.to play with toys.，to call someone an idiot.， to make that mistake.，to buy an expensive car. 。

==============================================
Babies like。。。 Peter
。。。 aren't 。。。the only people
。。。 who aren't able 。。。
。。。to do things
. Remember 。。。
。。。when 。。。Steven said:。。。

。。。When。。。 the alarm clock
goes off 。。。
at seven,
I'm。。。 too tired。。。 to get up . . .
Anne 。。。and。。。 I
。。are 。。。too busy 。。。
。。。to eat reular meals.
We're。。。 even too busy 。。。
。。。to go grocery shopping.

Now listen 。。。and。。。 repeat.

。。。too tired。。。
。。。to get up
I'm 。。。too tired 。。。
。。。to get up.
I'm 。。。too tired。。。
。。。 to get up.

。。。 too busy 。。
。。I'm too busy。。。
。。。 to eat regular meals.
I'm。。 too busy 。。。
。。。to eat regular meals.

。。。 too busy 。。。
。。。to go shopping
I'm。。。 too busy。。。
。。。 to go shopping.
I'm。。。 too busy。。。
。。。to go shopping.

Now you're 。。。going to。。。 tell us。。。
some things
。。。that。。。 you can't do。。。
。。。because 。。。you're。。。 too tired
。。。or 。。。too busy or too . .
something.
For example, 。。。

you 。。。hear. . .:。。。
Tired... get up at 。。。seven A.M.
。。。And you say. . 。。。.
I'm 。。。too tired 。。。
。。。to get up at sevenA.M.
。。。Or you hear. . .。。。
Busy... 。。。eat regular meals.
。。。And you say. . .。。。
I'm。。。 too busy 。。。
。。。to eat regular meals.
All right, 。。。
let's begin.。。。

Tired... get up
。。。at seven A.M.:
I'm 。。。too tired 。。。
。。。to get up
。。。at sevenA.M.
Busy...
eat regular meals.
I'm。。。 too busy。。。
to eat regular meals.
Old... play with toys
.I'm 。。。too old 。。。
。。。to play with toys.
Polite... call someone
an pidiot.
I'm 。。。too polite 。。。
。。。to call someone
an idiot.
Intelligent. . .
make thatmistake.
I'm。。。 too intelligent。。。
。。。to make that mistake.
Poor. . .
buy an expensive car.
I'm 。。。too poor。。。
。。。 to buy 。。。
an expensive car.

4、makes some suggestions： Can't you just . . . ? or Couldn't you just. . . ? or Why don't you just. . . ?
too： isn't old enough，old enough， I'm too tired ， too short ，not strong enough ，

连接词：Now listen to 。。。as he makes suggestions。。。 to ，about。。。 how to。。。 take care 。。。，. Can't you just。。。，He's only ，. When。。。 will he be ， In 。。。a few years. ， tell him ，Now listen。。。 and repeat。。。，next to 。。。leave 。。。， tell him to。。。 wait until morning， When。。。 we make a suggestion, ， we often start ，。。。with。。。 an expression。。。 like ，They all mean 。。。about。。。 the same thing.， Now you're。。。 ging to 。。。mak some suggestions，that 。。。start with 。。。the words ，Can't you just,，Couldn't you just,，or Why dn't you just，.For example, ， you hear. . ， I can't。。。 at 。。。，Can't. . .drink some warm milk ，And you say. . . ，Or you hear . . .，Couldn't. . . go to bed earlie， And you say. . . ，Couldn't you just 。。。go to 。。。? OK, let's begin.，I don't have。。。 time ， Why. . . ask someone 。。。 to help you.，Why don't you jus。。。I don't remember 。。。， Can't. . . look it up in the phone book. ，Why. . . stand on that chair.，Couldn't. . . ask someone。。。to lift them 。。。for you. ，This is。。。 the end。。。 of。。。 Lesson One.。

can or can't to do： leave a bottle of milk next to his bed， to feed himself.， to wait until morning，leave a bottle of milk next to his bed，wait until morning tell him to wait until morning， I can't sleep at night. ，dink some warm milk，to get up at seven A.M.，to do all this research.，ask someone to help you，I don't remember Steven's phone number，look it up in the phone book，to reach that shelf. ，stand on that chair，to lift those heavy boxes，ask someone t lift them for you。

=============================================

Now listen to 。。。Jake
。。。as he makes。。。 some suggestions
。。。to Steven
。。。about。。。 how to。。。
。。。take care of Peter.

。。。Can't you just。。。
leave 。。。a bottle of milk
next to 。。。his bed?:
Peter 。。。isn't old enough。。。
。。。 to feed himself.
He's only 。。。two months old.
。。。When。。。 will he be 。。。
。。。old enough。。。
。。。 to feed himself
In 。。。a few years.
。。。A few years!
。。。Can't you just 。。。
tell 。。。him
。。。to wait
。。。 until morning?

Now listen。。。 and repeat。。。

next to 。。。his bed
leave 。。。a bottle of milk
。。。next to。。。 his bed
。。。Can't you just 。。。。
leave 。。。a bottle of milk
next to 。。。his bed?
。。。Can't you just 。。。
leave 。。。a bottle of milk
next to 。。。his bed?

。。。wait until 。。。morning
。。。tell。。。 him
。。。to wait
。。。until morning
。。。 Can't you just。。。
。。 tell him
。。。to。。。 wait until。。。 morning?
。。。Can't you just。。。
tell 。。。him
。。。。to 。。。wai tuntil 。。。morning?

。。When 。。。we make。。。 a suggestion,
we often start 。。。
。。。with 。。。an expression like 。。。
。。。Can't you just . . . ? 。。。
or 。。。Couldn't you just. . . ? 。。。
or 。。。Why don't you just. . . ? 。。。
They all mean。。。
。。。about。。。 the same thing.
Now you're。。。 ging to。。。
。。。 mak。。。 some suggestions。。。
。。。 that 。。。start with。。。 the words
。。。Can't you just,。。。
。。。Couldn't you just,。。。
or。。。 Why dn't you just。。。
.For example, 。。。

you hear. . . 。。。
I can't 。。。sleep
。。。at。。。 night.
Can't. . .
drink
some warm milk
And you say. . . 。。。
。。。 Can't you just 。。。
dink 。。。some warm milk?
Or you hear . . .。。。
I'm。。 too tired 。。。

。。。to get up。。。 at。。。 seven A.M.
Couldn't. . . go to bed earlie
And you say. . . 。。。
。。。Couldn't you just 。。。
。。。go to。。。 bed earlier?
OK, let's begin.。。。

I can't sleep 。。。
。。。at night.
Can't. . . drink some warm milk.
。。。Can't you just 。。。
。。。drink。。。 some warm milk?

I'm 。。。too tired 。。。
。。。to get up。。。
。。。at 。。。seven A.M.
Couldn't. . . go to bed earlier.
。。。 Couldn't you just。。。
。。。 go to。。。 bed 。。。earlier?

I don't。。。
。。。 have time
。。to do 。。。all this research.
Why. . . ask someone
。。。 to help you.
。。。 Why don't you jus。。。
。。。ask someone
。。 to help you?

I don't remember
Steven's phone number
. Can't. . . look it up in the phone book.
Can't you just
look it up
in the phone book?

I'm too short
to reach that shelf.
Why. . . stand on that chair.
Why don't you just
stand on that chair?

I'm not strong enough
to lift those heavy boxes.
Couldn't. . . ask someone
to lift them for you.
Couldn't you just
ask someone t lift them
for you?

This is the end of Lesson One.

（二）基本句子：

1、 He isn't old enough to feed himself.

Can Peter feed himself? No. He isn't old enough to feed himself.

Can he understand what people say?No. He isn't old enough to understand what people say.

Can he talk yet? No. He isn't old enough to talk yet.

Can he sit up? No. He isn't old enough to sit up.

Can he dress himself? No. He isn't old enough to dress himself.

Can he crawl? No. He isn't old enough to crawl.

Can he stand up? No. He isn't old enough to stand up.

2、He's too young to read.

Peter isn't old enough to crawl. That's right. He's too young to crawl.

He isn't old enough to feed himself.That's right. He's too young to feed himself.

He isn't old enough to hold a bottle.That's right. He's too young to hold a bottle.

He isn't old enough to dress himself. That's right. He's too young to dress himself.

He isn't old enough to talk. That's right. He's too young to talk.

He isn't old enough to stand up and walk.That's right. He's too young to stand up and walk.

3、I'm too tired to get up.

Tired... get up at seven A.M. I'm too tired to get up at seven A.M.

Busy... eat regular meals. I'm too busy to eat regular meals.

Old... play with toys. I'm too old to play with toys.

Polite... call someone an idiot. I'm too polite to call someone an idiot.

Intelligent. . . make that mistake. I'm too intelligent to make that mistake.

Poor. . . buy an expensive car. I'm too poor to buy an expensive car.

4、 Can't you just leave a bottle of milk next to his bed?

I can't sleep at night. Can't. . . drink some warm milk. Can't you just drink some warm milk?

I'm too tired to get up at seven A.M. Couldn't. . . go to bed earlier. Couldn't you just go to bed earlier?

I don't have time to do all this research. Why. . . ask someone to help you. Why don't you just ask someone to help you?

I don't remember Steven's phone number. Can't. . . look it up in the phone book. Can't you just look it up in the phone book?

I'm too short to reach that shelf. Why. . . stand on that chair.Why don't you just stand on that chair?

I'm not strong enough to lift those heavy boxes. Couldn't. . . ask someone to lift them for you。 Couldn't you just ask someone to lift them for you?

三、场景学习

（一）情景学习、

1、引导语：

Welcome to Book Nine.This is Lesson One.Let's listen to Steven as he talks about his son Peter.Peter is only two month old. Listen to Steven tell us about the thing that Peter is too young to do, or that he isn't old enough to do.

2、情景：

Peter isn't old enough to feed himself.He's only two months old. . . He isn'told enough to understand what people say. . .But Peter . . . is too young to read. And he's too young to play baseall. He isn't even old enough to crawl.

3、学习

Now listen to and repeat these things that Peter isn't old enough to do.

feed himself
old enough to feed himself
He isn't old enough to feed himself.
He isn't old enough to feed himself.

understand what people say
old enough to understand what people say
He isn't old enough to understand what people say.
He isn't old enough to understand what people say.

4、引导学习：

Now you're going to talk about Steven's son, Peter. When someone asks you if Peter can do certain things, you answer by saying that he isn't old enough to do those things.For example,

you hear . . . Can Peter feed himself?And you say. . .No. He isn't old enough to feed himself. Or youhear. . .Can he understand what peoplesay? And you say. . .No. He isn't old enough to understand what people say. All right, let's begin.

5、学习：

Can Peter feed himself? No. He isn't old enough to feed himself.
Can he understand what people say? No. He isn't old enough to understand what people say.
Can he talk yet? No. He isn't old enough to talk yet.
Can he sit up? No. He isn't old enough to sit up.
Can he dress himself? No. He isn't old enough to dress himself.
Can he crawl? No. He isn't old enough to crawl.
Can he stand up? No. He isn't old enough to stand up.

（二）情景学习：

1、引导语：

Remember what else Steven said about Peter?

2、情景：

But Peter is . . . too young to read. And he's too young to play baseball.

3、学习：

Now listen to and repeat the things that Peter is too young to do.

too young to read
He's too young to read.
He's too young to read.

oo young to play baseball
He's too young to play baseball.
He's too young to play baseball.

4、引导学习：

If Peter isn't old enough to read, then you can say that he's too young to read. If he isn't old enough to play baseball, you cansay that he's too young to play baseball. Now listen to Steven tell you about things that Peter isn't old enough to do. Agree:ith him by saying that he's too young to do those things. Forexample,

you hear. . .Peter isn't old enough to crawl. N: And you say. . .That's right. He's too young to crawl.Or you hear. . .He isn't old enough to feed himself.nd you say. . .That's right. He's too young tofeed himself. OK, let's begin.

5、练习：

Peter isn't old enough to crawl. That's right. He's too young tocrawl.
He isn't old enough to feed himself.: That's right. He's too young to feed himself.
He isn't old enough to hold a bottle .That's right. He's too young to hold a bottle.:
He isn't old enough to dress himself.That's right. He's too young todress himself.
He isn't old enough to talk. That's right. He's too young to talk.
He isn't old enough to stand up and walk.: That's right. He's too young to stand up and walk.

（三）情景学习：

1、引导语：

Babies like Peter aren't the only people who aren't able to do things. Remember when Steven said:

2、情景：

When the alarm clock goes off at seven, I'm too tired to get up . . . Anne and I aretoo busy to eat reular meals. We're even too busy to go grocery shopping.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

too tired to get up
I'm too tired to get up.
I'm too tired to get up.

too busy to eat regular meals
I'm too busy to eat regular meals.
I'm too busy to eat regular meals.

too busy to go shopping
I'm too busy to go shopping.
I'm too busy to go shopping.

4、引导学习：

Now you're going to tell us some things that you can't do because you're too tired or too busy or too . . something. For example,

you hear. . .: Tired... get up at seven A.M. And you say. . . I'm too tired to get up at sevenA.M.Or you hear. . . Busy... eat regular meals.And you say. . .I'm too busy to eat regular meals. All right, let's begin.

5、练习：

Tired... get up at seven A.M.: I'm too tired to get up at sevenA.M.
Busy... eat regular meals. I'm too busy to eat regular meals.
Old... play with toys.I'm too old to play with toys.
Polite... call someone an pidiot.I'm too polite to call someone an idiot.
Intelligent. . . make thatmistake. I'm too intelligent to make that mistake.
Poor. . . buy an expensive car. I'm too poor to buy an expensive car.

（四）情景学习、

1、引导语：

Now listen to Jake as he makessome suggestions to Steven about how to take care of Peter.

2、情景：

Can't you just leave a bottle of milk next to his bed?: Peter isn't old enough to feed himself. He's only two months old. When will he be old enough to feed himself In a few years. A few years!Can't you just tell him to wait until morning?

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat

next to his bed
leave a bottle of milk next to his bed
Can't you just leave a bottle of milk next to his bed?
Can't you just leave a bottle of milk next to his bed?

wait until morning
tell him to wait until morning
Can't you just tell him to wait until morning?
Can't you just tell him to waituntil morning?

4、引导学习：

When we make a suggestion, we often start with an expression like Can't you just . . . ? orCouldn't you just. . . ? or Why don't you just. . . ? They all mean about the same thing. Now you're ging to mak some suggestions that start with the words Can't you just, Couldn't you just, or Why dn't you just。.For example,

you hear. . . I can't sleep at night. Can't. . . drink some warm milk And you say. . . Can't you just dnk some warm milk? Or you hear . . . I'm too tired to get up at seven A.M.Couldn't. . . go to bed earlie And you say. . . Couldn't you just go to bed earlier? OK, let's begin.

5、练习：

I can't sleep at night. Can't. . . drink some warm milk. Can't you just drink some warm milk?

I'm too tired to get up at seven A.M.Couldn't. . . go to bed earlier. Couldn't you just go to bed earlier?

I don't have time to do all this research. Why. . . ask someone to help you. Why don't you just ask someone to help you?

I don't remember Steven's phone number. Can't. . . look it up in the phone book. Can't you just look it up in the phone book?

I'm too short to reach that shelf. Why. . . stand on that chair. Why don't you just stand on that chair?

I'm not strong enough to lift those heavy boxes.Couldn't. . . ask someone to lift them for you. Couldn't you just ask someone t lift them for you?

This is the end of Lesson One.

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 94 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2008-06-28 21:52
听说打突破范例：

分拆文本：

2..、《听说大突破》3册1.Jobs and EducationA面14分20秒到结束的语音文本

(原文错误修改文本）

Bow:

But you have,.... have a core group of
.... courses ....that you have to take too ( the coures.....)
.....I mean.... you have..... electives a certain number of.... core courses
.....that are mandatory...

Daisy:

Right,.... but in the core groups...
......(to) you have ..(um).....English you don't ... math is not.., (mm)
......you know ..(uh, uh, uh)....a prequisite for .....college
..... unless you got you need it
....... for the course you're gonna study in.... college.
...... But the core groups ......would be .....the sciences,... history
.... and English as compulsory, .....that's the only one ....that is compulsory.
.....But.... in those core groups ......there are several different.... things to study,....
......(um) the sciences ......they can range..... from anything.... from biology.
......I think.... there's natural sciences .......which is just a study of.(oh)
..... basically the environment .....and current events .....and things like that.(mm)
.....But.... I think that .....is good idea, .....and the reason being.
..... because ....all children.(uh)...... and all ...people...... are not designed...... for the three R's.
....... if you're just raising..(uh)... students
......and (I)... I think it definitely .....has things to do.... with economic groups, too.
......Children that grew up in........in privileged families .....have been learning to read .......and write even .....before they got into... kindergarten
..... but some kid from the ghetto ......is already..... ten paces behind...... a privileged child.
......But, he might be ......an extremely ......talented..(uh)... photographer ....or artist. (mm)
.....I think that .....we need to ..(uh)...gear our curriculum in... schools .....around that ....to um,
.....be targeted ...all children ......not one group of children.(mm right)
..... And that way .....everybody has an...... opportunity to succeed.

Vivian:

Well I agree..(um)(I).... I guess it depends upon .......which school that..... you're going to.
...... but ...when I went to school ....in Georgia(uh)
....(um)... it was a very .....restricted curriculum that ...we all had to attend.
.....But then(I, I) .....I changed to international school ......and it was similar to
....(uh). the system that you're describing now.
...... Whereas .....we had to take everything .(uh).....which is one .....elective um...
.....(um) when I.... went to the... international school
......they had a curriculum .....very much similar to .......what .....
.....you have just described
......You had to take certain, ......you had to take certain.... (uh)classes
......but they had 6-7 different..(to Um)
...... what do you say?
.... Venuses of that....... for example ......science... like you mentioned.
...... you can study natural sciences, or... you can .....study biology
.....and whatnot..... In the other schools .......take each one as
......you went up one ....grade ...but here (mm right)
........you get to choose .....which one you(um).... want to study .....and you can choose and
....(um)..... study it until you graduate.
.....And the remainder .(mm)....of your classes
...similar.(mm)., the same thing...... even history ....(.you could)
.......you could study just (mm)....contemporary or(mm)....... current history or.(mm).... you know.... about...

Daisy:

.Well my major .....was English Literature
...... and obviously..... for English Literature
.....you don't need.... math.
..... And ...I did very ...well in school
.....and but..... if I had have taken math
..... when I graduated ...from school.
..... I wouldn't have got ....into the university..... that I did get into. (mm)
.....And... I.... also.... .(um).....wouldn't have.... got the grades (mm)
.....and that .....one grade .....in my final
........ what is(equi) ... equivalent .....of the SATs ain the states
..... that one grade....... for math would.... have brought me down.... probably
......an average maybe about ....15 marks...

Vivian:

Right..... Eventually it brings down...... your grade point average.(right).
... because it's not ...what you are,
....you know... ( talented in)...talented in... honed on in.

Bow:

Yeh but I think .....in ....other aspects of life.... you need math.(right)
..... People use ....even though (uh)....like people.... in my university
.....were always..... like I hate calculus why the hell..,(sure)
.... why am I taking calculus. .....I'm never gonna use it again.
..... but it turns out..,(they)
..... they've proven ....that people..... use calculus everyday
..... just not in the form.... of in numbers.(mm)... and stuff like that.

Daisy:

But I took it ....for... in eleven years,(haha)
..... you know,..... it was just last year .....that I graduated
..... so it wouldn't .....affect my grade to .....get into university (mm).. I didn't take it.
.... So I already had... eleven years of training in it, (mm)(yeah)
....So ...I think that's.... fair enough.

Luke:

It teaches... I think it teaches.... students to be.... well rounded(mm)
.... because that's the reality ...of the work force.
..... If you're going to..... like if you think of ....the people
....you knew ....who went to college.
....... or.... studied something ....in high school.
.... with this thing in mind ...like I studied anthropology.
..... I did not... become an ....anthropologist.(mm)
....(I didn't end).... I didn't end up digging .....for bones or anything.(mm)
..... Bow studied architecture .....but he didn't ...go on to... study architecture.
....But the thing is we found.... work in different things,
....the thing is you..... the thing you study.
.... is not always.... the thing you end up doing.(sure)

Daisy:

Sure.

Luke:

But....(it) it might ....if you have variety of things
....you're learning, ....and you're learning ....how to manage your time....
....(and) and learning .....about different interests..... you have and stuff.
...... and if you'd just to be .......versatile.(right)..... then you have a dynamic.( dynamic )... education....
..... and then you sort of go in..... what ever ...directions....(mm)
.... you're able to take things...... that are offered to you.

Bow:

But you say that ....you don't apply,..... you don't actually ....apply.
.... like the skills that ....you learn .....if you don't work ...as like.
.....For example..... I don't work as.... architect.....
..... but I do ..(um)..apply the education..... that I received from( exatly)
....there like I do .....go to other countries.......
...... and notice things ....architecturally.... that (mm)
.....stimulate ....my intellect(mm)
.....because I .....had the chance to learn that.
....I think that just.... because..... I'm not making..... money from ....what I studied.
....(I) I think ....that's not really (uh)... a big issue.

Daisy:

....No,... I don't think... it's an issue at all.
..... And I think that is..... probably the main
......problem...... I have..... in all countries
.....with... um,..... tertiary education.(mm)
..... When you go to college
.....um... when(I)... I remember .....I took a class ....in college
....and the teacher... asked
......why ...are you ...in this class.
.....And every student ...answered .....well,.... I'm taking,
.... you know, ....taking business,
.....this is like...... part of the .(um).
.....general... requirements..... so I have to take it.
.... Yeah, .....I wanna six ....figure salary .....or whatever.
..... and ....my answer was well.... I ..took it... to get an ...education (mm)(mm)
.....and there was another girl .....who had similar answer.
..... And he said .....the only two
.....who answered correctly .....were me and ...the other girl.
.... The reason being..... is that ....education
.....was never really .....put in place
.... for you to get ......six figure salary....(exatly)
..... It was there to,(you)
.... you know,.... to improve..... or stimulate..... the higher faculties
....to make you an.....(uh).. intelligent person...... to have an understanding ......of life(mm)
.....and give you life...... experience, too.

Bow:

....Exactly,...(and uh)... the point.... that I... like..... to... an example
.....that I'd like to..... make is(uh).... at (uh)..... MIT
..... they don't have the .....grading system......... like ....A, B, C ...or D... or F,
..... it's P... or F,...... it's pass or fail( oh I don't know)
..... Which I think is good .....because....(mm)... it's getting you
..... to it's gearing you toward real life,
......because in real life ....that's what it is. (mm)
.......It's either you succeed ....or you don't.(you don't)
...... And... it's not (you)... you kinda do ....you get a C..... you pass to the next level..,
..... so I think actually..... I think all ..(um).
.....higher learning institutions ......should have that kind of(mm) .....grading system.

Luke:

... But if there,..... if they're ......only there to get you real job.
.... I mean .(they)...if we're saying .....that the reason to,(to)....
.... to educate, ....educate yourself..,(hahahaha...)
..... is to... is to .....get a broader ......understanding of .....the world around you
.....and to teach you to be a better person.
.... (then I)..Then I think ....you should just learn ....like.
.... you're probably... working through school... anyway.
.....You're gonna learn .....that.... if you don't cut ......the mustard
.....you're not ...going have ...the job.(haha)
..... But the shcooling thing.... I think,.... Yah,..... ok you weren't... so strong in this..,
.....you were strong in this..,..... you apply .......yourself it's gotta be ...motivated more by
..... a personal conviction ....to learn that stuff.
......If you want to go just... to get a job
..... then you should probably just get a skill ......or something get a trade (right)....or something like that.

Daisy:

Vocational.... school.

Luke:

...Yeh...exactly. (mm).....But there's nothing wrong... with that either.
..... I mean... it's useless. ....Yeh...

Bow:

...(the have to more theng )
......MIT is a high level vocational school.

Vivian:

....Sure I agree,..... that kind of education..... almost requires... something ...like that
..... but then when you're..... just about to enter... um..
.......college.... and you're ....a junior or ....senior
..... don't you think that.... it kind of... requires....
...... and I would want this ....(I gree)
......for my own children,.... yeah,... a grade, why?
......because..... you want the competition..... you want the competitiveness.
.... you want your child...... to feel ....like.... I want to beat .....this person next to me.
..... I want to do better .....I wanna get ...one on top of him.(mm)

Vivian:

I don't know...you know...(I)

Luke:

Maybe in business school.

Daisy:

.....(yeah)...Sure.... I mean... two different minds.... about
..... that..... I think that....(uh) natural.,
.....a little bit .....of natural competitiveness .....is good
....but...(um).. in high school ...(but)
.....um...I was the youngest .....of six children....
.....and my... older.., ....older ....5.... brothers and ....sisters
.....were...... incredibly successful.
.....So even though my..... parents ...weren't pushing me.....(I) I felt.... constantly
..... that I.... had to achieve
.....and I became ....like not,
..... I'm not even just.... talking about ....grades here
.....but ...an overachiever.... I had to do... everything.
.....I had to ....enter every... competition.
.....I had to ....come out and .....I had to be .....the school president
.....because my sister..... was and.. my......brother was.
..... And I felt ...this competition... all the time
.....and eventually.... it worked against me.
.....I ...was in.... Australia .....we call it ....."the tall puppy syndrome"
.....and if you get...... too big........ they'll ..cut you down.
..... And...um...I.... lost a lot of friends
.....because.... people ....thought that I..... was a big head and
..... because I .....always.... had to ..enter everything
.... and I was doing it...... for some other reason..... to satisfy ...my family
...... but.... in those situations
.... I think.... competition.... can work against you.(haha)

Vivian:

....But ...many kids.......students.
...(um).... want to do it ...themselves
....because they want to. ...They want.
.....I did it .....because... I wanted to, (I)
.....I wanted to be on .....top of my class.

Bow:

But there's ...the difference....
..... between competing..... with your... class mates...
..... to see ....if you can (out)....out do them
.....and sort of pushing yourself and.... competing.....
..... with yourself ....and seeing .....if you can push can (mm)....strive to do these things
..... I think that's the big problem ..(the uh )...with the work force these days
..... and with the education system.... is also that...... idea of competition(yeah)
.....instead of cooperation ( yeah)... shouldn't be people .....be learning...
..... how to work .....with each other ...in productive ways
.... instead of trying to ...outdo each other. (right)
......That's... that's.., unproductive.

Vivian:

But then society has changed..... the educational system
.....so that ...you do have to compete.... with other kids.... Why?( of corse)
..... Because.... there's hundred colleges out there..... and they're all ranked.
.... from one to..... one hundred
.....and sure.... they're all good and.... as long as ...you get an education.
.... Hey ....good to go, ....and you're always.... gonna get a job.
..... But... the fact of the matter ..is society... um...
......(um)....makes this..,.... you know.... unseen ....kind of scale... where... they say
.....what you went to ....your community college.
..... I don't know.... I'd rather pick this ....dude from MIT or ....Harvard
..... because... he went to a ...you know ....5 star school. (mm)
.....So, (mm)...even though... you may be... smarter
.....and you may have.... more qualifications,
..... I'd rather..... pick this student ....from bigger
......(uh bigger) named school.

Luke:

....You know where,.... you know .....where actually.
.... the paradox in.... that is...(is) that especially... in America.
.... People they are striving to ......get like um..... high salaries ...and whatnot and
.....people that.... get into.... the better schools.... tend to get higher salaries.
..... But.... (um)....what they consider ....to be successful
.... is making ...a lot of money.
.... And people... who have..,
.... the most millionaires ....in America
.....are high school... drop outs
.... or haven't even.... entered high school. (right)
.....It was because....(they)... they learned
.....probably social skills..(mm)
..... early on.(mm)
..... You know... and they had to
.... survive ....I guess somehow (mm)
....and I mean... they're exceptional kids.

Vivian:

(uh)...You know the big point is...
.....(Bow: Right. We dropped out from Harvard.)
....(hahaha...)...you know.... the big point ....that I always like to.. make is.
.... I kind of see like... two.... it's mainly divided.... into two different(um)... groups..,
.....and it's making both ...point exactly
....but (um)...when you look at people... in general.
....There is two different... types of people.
....There's.... academically.... smart people
.... and then there's... people that are
.... I guess... you would put it .....(Daisy: common sense)
.... right, ..."street ...wise" ....or whatnot
....but these people... they are smart..,
.....they've ....got ...what it takes
.... but.... they may not.... further their ...education... as far as ...they want to.
.... And then there's .(that)....ones in the middle
... that go ahead ...and take it... to next level
....and they may achieve most probably.
....But... the people that... are book smart ....and
.....(and) academically ....successful
.... may not it ....get as far as people that ....aren't even educated at all.(mm)

Daisy:

Well,.... you know,.... I ...look it ....I think that... generally schools ....and society
...is just... too competitive.
.....And... parents are ...pushing their kids.
... (because)... exactly.... what you were saying
.... you've got into (mm) ...this top school
....because it's number one ....and you're not gonna have your ...own law practice,
....(um)you're not ....gonna be made an associate,
.....you're not gonna be..(um).. a neurosurgeon.... if you don't get into this school..,
.... and.... the thing is...(is).. there's ...an enormous amount of.... pressure ...on these children.
.... I think that it's too much ....to take.... for most kids.. at that age ..(mm)
.....and the other thing is
....(is) maybe some of them(right).... are not that smart
....and they can't take ....(right)....the medical degree ...or law degree.
..... (Vivian: they're not cut out for it)
....Yeah,(and).... we have to realize
..... there's nothing wrong with .......some guy
.....who... did fairly.... well in school.... but he pushed himself
......to be the best... he could be(mm)
......but he ended up.... being...
..... I don't know.... in the army ...or ended up running... a video shop.
..... But he's doing well ....and he's (mm)
.....(he's)..making a bit of money he's doing ...what he enjoys. (mm)
....We put too much thing on this,
...you know, ....you've got to... make this much money,
.....you've got to have.(mm)... this status... in society.

Vivian:

There are people ...that are satisfied ...in the sector
...that ...they're in ...and earning
.... the amount..... that they are earning.
... and living.... the life.... that they are.
... they are maybe people... that are raised.... from,
....you know,... filthy rich families
... that may be happy just,
....you know, ...working in an art ..studio
.... creating their.... own,
.... you know, .(were).....pieces of art
.... Whereas someone ...from the streets wants
....(a high)... a high education
..... and wants to come out of the best schools
.....so that they can ...you know ...do the best they can.

Bow:

People respond to different ways of learning too....(sure)...(haha)
...., some people learn (from).... from ....experience thing(from)... from a hands on thing,
..... some people learn (from)...from ...visual things, (right)
....some people learn(from) ...from listening to things
...., some people learn (from)...from reading.

Vivian:

But the little kids' ...point was father mother.... why can't you accept the fact.....
...... that I am trying my best .....and I'm gonna try to
.... (Daisy: And this is my best)
....right, ...and continue ....trying my best ....but.. this is probably,
.... you know,.(it's)... it's not saying ....hey you're dumb ..or anything...(mm)
....but this is just as far as he goes
....and ...maybe it's... time to look elsewhere... or ..
....just be satisfied....(right). with what he is doing.

Daisy:

....This is what I can do for you
....and I think that's the problem (his) (mm)
....his parents... and society ...is just putting
....way ...too much pressure on people.
....Even my father ...you know.... I... my entire high school
.....even from elementary school.
.... I took... music classes.... and I ...want to be a ...musician.
.....And I even had... an invitation ....for an audition
.....at ...the.... Conservatoriu m of... music
.....which is like a once .....in a lifetime of opportunity.
.....It doesn't happen ....to a lot of people
....but my father said
...."No way,.... you're going to university
....you're gonna study economics"
..... and ..I ended up.... doing that ....because.... I felt pressured ...by him
.....stayed there ....for a year... and a half ....and bombed out... completely
....and it... took me ...five years to go.... back to university
.... and do what(I).... I... was interested
.....in which happened to be... English Literature.
.....But... I was pressured into... doing that ....and I ...failed
......because... I was not happy.
..... (And)...(uh) And I think... inevitably
....all of these children.... are going to fail.
... or grow up... with ....incredible complexes
....that their parents.(right).. have given them. (why not?)
.....They're not... going to be healthy.

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 95 发表于: 2009-02-09

孙裕亭压码英语学习论坛 -> 压码听懂学习法 -> 压码听懂学员的学习和准备工作指引 [打印本页] 登录 -> 注册 -> 回复主题 -> 发表主题

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 08:37

1、按照压码听清学习法导读一天练习达到压码听清的要求，压码一个句子。
2、学习压码听清以后压码听懂的基本方法和理论文章。
3、学习每日更新一课的压码听懂范例最新贴，目前整理的是你好美国互动磁带文本第11册（已经整理完毕的还有第9册和第十册的压码听懂范例文本）。
4、使用的软件，任意的播放器即可。
5、使用的语音材料：《美国你好》互动磁带mp3语音。
6、使用的文本材料：你好美国1-12册的互动磁带文本。

说明：你好美国互动磁带整理文本第十一册范例，每日更新学习压码听懂的范例课文，由于最新贴子和搜索功能目前无法显示我提供的最新辅导范例，目前已经置顶，这是每日必看的最新文章，特此说明。

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 08:40

压码听懂学习法方法理论学习辅导文章：

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9100

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 08:44
辅导范例文章：

1、最新辅导文章11册互动磁带文本范例：

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6818

2、已经完成辅导的范例第九册、第十册互动磁带范例：

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6820

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6819

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 08:55
使用的文本材料：你好美国1-12册的互动磁带文本。
洪恩环境英语（你好美国）文本下载：
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6994

论坛直接提供的互动磁带1-12册文本：
1、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6847
2、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6835&fpage=2
3、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6834&fpage=2
4、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6827
5、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6826&fpage=2
6、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6825&fpage=2
7、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6824&fpage=2
8、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6823&fpage=2
9、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6820
10、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6819
11、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6818
12、http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6828

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 09:09

使用的语音材料：《美国你好》互动磁带mp3语音。

一、初级篇：

洪恩环境英语_初级篇1-3册练习互动磁带语音：

（打开：http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/Index.html)

下载互动磁带的练习语音直接链接地址：

1、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习1-6
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/141.html
2、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习7-11：
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/141.html
3、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习12-16
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/145.html
4、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习17-21
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/147.html
5、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习22-26
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/148.html
6、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习27-31
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/150.html
7、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习37-41
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/152.html
8、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.练习42-48
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/155.html

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 09:17

二、中级篇

洪恩环境英语_中级篇练习语音4-6册

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/Index.html

1、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习１－６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/462.html
2、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习７－１２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/463.html
3、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习１３－１８
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/464.html
4、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习１９－２４
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/465.html
5、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习２５－３０
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/466.html
6、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习３１－３６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/467.html
7、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习３７－４２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/468.html
8、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.练习４３－４８
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/469.html

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 09:30

三、中高级篇

洪恩环境英语_中高级篇互动磁带语音7-9册

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/Index.html

1、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习１－６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/414.html
2、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习７－１２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/415.html
3、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习１３－１８
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/416.html
4、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习１９－２４
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/417.html
5、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习２５－３０
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/418.html
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/419.html
6、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习３１－３６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/420.html
7、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习３７－４２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/421.html
8、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.练习４３－４８
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/422.html

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 09:36

四、高级篇

洪恩环境英语_高级篇互动磁带语音10-12册

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/Index.html

1、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习１－６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/510.html
2、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习７－１２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/511.html
3、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习１３－18
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/512.html
4、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习１９－２４
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/513.html
5、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习２５－３０
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/514.html
6、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习３１－３６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/515.html
7、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习３７－４２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/516.html
8、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.练习43-48
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200701/2317.html

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 10:17

学习压码听懂前的压码听清练习

1、压码听清学习法导读
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6981

2、参考辅导学员文章：
ligengbeng ：0100：听孙裕亭老师给我们讲《压码听清》

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9171&keyword=

sunyuting1 2007-11-15 10:36
压码听懂练习学员作业日记参考文章

1、星空：我的压码听懂日记
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9204

2、 ligengbeng 0300：《压码听懂》学习体会

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9193

3、脑震荡的压码自学日记

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9163

4、diana的日记

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=6807&fpage=0&toread=&page=8

5、学员作业专栏

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9141

sunyuting1 2007-11-30 16:14
学习压码听懂前的压码听清练习使用课文语音
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=9237

sunyuting1 2007-11-30 16:18
你好美国课文mp3下载地址链接

使用的语音材料：《美国你好》课文磁带mp3语音。

一、初级篇：

洪恩环境英语_初级篇1-3册课文磁带语音：

（打开：http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/Index.html)

下载互动磁带的练习语音直接链接地址：

1、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.mp3课文1-12
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/156.html
2、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.mp3课文13-24：
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/158.html
3、洪恩环境英语.初级篇.mp3课文25-36
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/160.html

二、中级篇

洪恩环境英语_中级篇课文语音4-6册

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/Index.html

1、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.课文１－１２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/459.html
2、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.课文１３－２４
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/460.html
3、洪恩环境英语.中级篇.课文２５－３６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenb/200607/461.html

三、中高级篇

洪恩环境英语_中高级篇课文语音7-9册

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/Index.html

1、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.课文１－１２mp3
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/410.html
2、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.课文１３－２４mp3
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/411.html
3、洪恩环境英语.中高级篇.课文２５－３６mp3
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongenc/200607/412.html

四、高级篇

洪恩环境英语_高级篇课文磁带语音10-12册

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/Index.html

1、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.课文１－１２
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/507.html
2、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.课文１３－２４
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/508.html
3、洪恩环境英语.高级篇.课文第２５－３６
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongend/200607/509.html

sunyuting1 2007-11-30 16:31
你好美国光盘下载地址链接

初级篇：第一册1-12课

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第一课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/71.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第二课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/74.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第三课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/76.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第四课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/77.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第五课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/79.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第六课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/82.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第七课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/84.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第八课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/85.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第九课

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/87.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第10课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/89.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第11课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/96.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第12课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/98.html

sunyuting1 2007-11-30 16:40
你好美国光盘下载地址链接

初级篇：第二册13-24课

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第13课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/99.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第14课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/102.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第15课

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/104.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第16课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/105.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第17课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/107.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第18课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/108.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第19课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/116.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第20课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/117.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第21课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/119.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第22课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/120.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第23课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/122.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第24课

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/123.html

sunyuting1 2007-11-30 16:47
你好美国光盘下载地址链接

初级篇：第3册25-36课

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第25课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/125.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第26课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/127.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第27课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/129.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第28课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/130.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第29课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/131.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第30课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/132.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第31课

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/133.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第32课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/134.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第33课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/135.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第34课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/136.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第35课
http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/137.html

洪恩环境英语.初级篇.第36课

http://www.kedu.net.cn/jx/pinpai/hongen/hongena/200606/138.html

sunyuting1 2008-02-16 16:21
《你好美国》课文文本：
1、洪恩环境英语hello america第一册(初级篇 PART1)标准文本
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=1436&fpage=3

2、 Hello america 标准文本第二册

http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=1438&fpage=3

3、洪恩环境英语初级篇3册标准文本
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=1439&fpage=3

4、洪恩环境英语中级篇第4册标准文本
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=1440&fpage=3
5、洪恩环境英语中级篇PART2第五册标准文本
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=1441&fpage=3
6、洪恩环境英语中级篇PART3第六册标准文本
http://www.sytym.com/bbs/read.php?tid=1442&fpage=3

kingwmj 2008-03-05 08:52
下载速度很慢啊，我在教育网内，还不到1k,已经下载了两天了，还没有下来，找了半天也没有找到其他的了

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 96 发表于: 2009-02-09

孙裕亭压码英语学习论坛 -> 压码听懂学习法 -> 第七册第一课 [打印本页] 登录 -> 注册 -> 回复主题 -> 发表主题

sunyuting1 2008-01-29 19:41

AUDIO SCRIPT

BOOK SEVEN, LESSON ONE

N: This is the first lesson:
Lesson One.
Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.
STEVEN: Good job, Jake. Here
are some of your stories
for tomorrow.
JAKE: Wait, Steven. I need a
minute of your time.
STEVEN: Jake, I'm off to the
doctor right now. Can it wait?
JAKE: I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,
Steven, but this is
important.
N: Now listen and repeat.
M: I'm off I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.
N: I'm off to is a way to say "I'm
going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . .
F: I'm off to the doctor right now. N: I say, "He's leaving for the
airport." And you say. . .
F: He's off to the airport.
N: Ready? Let's begin. I'm going to
the doctor right now.
F: I'm off to the doctor right now. N: He's leaving for the airport.
F: He's off to the airport.
N: Mike"and Jake are going to the
Stamford Hotel. .
F: Mike and Jake are off to the
Stamford Hotel.
N: They're going to interview
Abbott Larkin.
F: They're off to interview Abbott
Larkin.
N: I'm leaving for the races.
F: I'm off to the races.
M: Here we are, ladies and gentlemen, at Churchill Downs. It's a beautiful day for the annual running of the Kentucky Derby. The horses are moving across the track. Now they're entering the starting gate. They look about ready. . . And they're off!!!
N: Now Listen.and repeat.
M: Can it wait? Can it wait?
N: Can it wait means "Can we talk about it later?" or "Can we do it

AUDIO SCRIPT

later?" Now you hear. . .
M: Wait! I need a minute of your
time.
N: And you say. . .
F: Sorry. Can it wait?
N: You hear. . .
M: How about an interview with
WEFL?
N: And you say. . .
F: Sorry. Can it wait?
N: OK? Let's begin.
M: Wait! I need a minute of your
time.
F: Sorry. Can it wait?
M: How about an interview with
WEFL?
F: Sorry. Can it wait?
M: Hey! Let's practice English
idioms!
F: Sorry. Can it wait?
N: Let's listen to some more of the conversation between Steven
and Jake.
JAKE: Why is Abbott Larkin in
Stamford now?
STEVEN: The president of
International Computer?
What's he doing here?
JAKE: He's staying at the
Stamford Hotel.
STEVEN: So what? What's so
important? N: Now listen and repeat.
F: what's what's he doing
What's he doing here?
M: what's what's she doing
What's she doing here?
N: Whats he doing here? or Whats she doing here? means "Why is he, or why is she, here?" Now let's practice this expression. You hear.. .
M: James Brady is in town.
N: And you say...
F: What's he doing here?
N: You hear. . .
M: Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived
at the studio.
N: And you say. . .
F: What's she doing here?
N: Ready? Let's begin.
M: James Brady is in town.
F: What's he doing here?
M: Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived
at the studio.
F: What's she doing here?
M: James Brady is at the bus station. F: What's he doing here?
M: So's his daughter.
F: What's she doing here?

M: Mr. and Mrs. Larkin are with
them.
F: What are they doing here?
N: Now listen and repeat.
M: So what? What's so important? So what? What's so important?
N: So what? and Whats so important? mean about the same thing. Whats so important? is more formal. So what? is more familiar. So what? means you're not really interested in what the other person is saying. Let's practice this expression. You hear. . .
M: Abbott Larkin is staying at the
Stamford Hotel.
N: And you say. . .
F: So what? What's so important? N: You hear. . .
M: He had coffee for breakfast this
morni~g.
N: And you say. . .
F: So what? What's so important? N: Ready? Here we go.
M: Abbott Larkin is staying at the
Stamford Hotel.
F: So what? What's so important? M: He had coffee for breakfast this
morning.
F: So what? What's so important? M: You know, he sometimes likes to
watch TV in the evening.
F: So what? What's so important? N: When we think something is not important, we sometimes say, "So what?" When we're interested, we sometimes say, "Really?" Listen to the conversation between Jake and Connie.
JAKE: Did you know, Connie,
that James Brady is a
multimillionaire?
CONNIE: Yeah, so what?
JAKE: He's thinking of buying International Computer
from Abbott Larkin.
CONNIE: So what? What's so
important?
JAKE: Well, he's also thinking of
buying WEFL. CONNIE: Really?
JAKE: Yes. And I heard he wants
to move the studio to Dallas. CONNIE: No! Really? N: Now let's practice these two
expressions. I say, "James Brady likes to drink a glass of water before he goes to bed." And you say.. .

167

F: So what?
N: I say, "He always sleeps with his
hat and shoes on." And you
say.. .
M: Really?
N: Remember, when it's unusual,
you say . . .
F: Really?
N: And when it's not unusual, you
say.. .
M: So what?
N: You decide. Ready? Let's begin.
James Brady drinks a glass of
water before he goes to bed.
He always sleeps with his hat and
shoes on.
He gets up every morning at
8:00.
He takes a shower.
Then he stands on his head and
sings "Let It Be."
At 9:00 James Brady takes the
elevator and leaves the Stamford
Hotel.
He gets on a horse and rides to
the office.
Now listen to some more of the
conversation between Steven
and Jake.
JAKE: Larkin's talking to James
Brady, the president of
NIT.
STEVEN: I don't understand. What
does that mean?
JAKE: James Brady and Abbott
Larkin are meeting in
secret. They're making a
deal, and I think it's an
important story. I want an
interview with Larkin.
STEVEN: Why?
JAKE: Larkin's company is losing
money now. Larkin needs
more customers. I think
he's selling his company to
James Brady. That's why
he's here now.
STEVEN: NIT is buying Larkin's
company? I like that story.
JAKE: Do you realize it's one of
the biggest mergers in
history?
STEVEN: I love it!
N: Now listen and repeat.
M: Larkin's talking
Larkin's talking to James Brady.
Larkin's talking to James Brady.
F: They're making
They're making a deal.
They're making a deal.

M: I think
I think it's an important story.
I think it's an important story.
F: Larkin's company
Larkin's company is losing
money.
Larkin's company is losing
money.
M: I want an interview.
I want an interview.
N: Now correct the following
sentences. I say, "Larkin talked
to James Brady a month ago."
And you say. . .
M: No. Larkin's talking to James
Brady right now.
N: I say, "Steven thought it was an
important story last month."
And you say. . :
F: No. Steven thinks it's an
important story right now.
N: Remember that verbs of emotion
and mental ability are not often
used in the present continuous.
Ready? Let's start. Larkin talked
to James Brady a month ago.
F: No. Larkin's talking to James
Brady right now.
N: Steven thought it was an
important story last month.
F: No. Steven thinks it's an
important story right now.
N: Larkin and Brady made a deal
last year.
F: No. Larkin and Brady are
making a deal right now.
N: Jake wanted an interview a week
ago.
F: No. Jake wants an interview
right now.
N: Larkin's company lost money a
year ago, but now everything's
OK.
F: No. Larkin's company is losing
money right now.
N: That's the end of Lesson One.

sunyuting1 2008-01-29 20:19
一、基本词组:
二、基本句子：
三、场景学习：

1、引导语：

This is the first lesson:Lesson One.Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.

2、情景：

Good job, Jake. Here are some of your stories for tomorrow. Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time. Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait? I know you're busy and I hate to bother you, Steven, but this is important.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

I'm off
I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.

4、引导学习：
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . . I'm off to the doctor right now. I say, "He's leaving for the airport." And you say. . . He's off to the airport. Ready? Let's begin.

5、练习：
I'm going to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport. He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin. They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races. I'm off to the races.

二、情景学习：

1、情景：

Here we are, ladies and gentlemen, at Churchill Downs. It's a beautiful day for the annual running of the Kentucky Derby. The horses are moving across the track. Now they're entering the starting gate. They look about ready. . . And they're off!!!

2、学习：
Now Listen.and repeat.
Can it ait? Can it wait?

2、引导语：

Can it wait means "Can we talk about it later?" or "Can we do it later?" Now you hear. . .Wait! I need a minute of your time. And you say. . . Sorry. Can it wait?You hear. . .How about an interview with
WEFL? And you say. . . Sorry. Can it wait? OK? Let's begin.

3、练习：
Wait! I need a minute of your time. Sorry. Can it wait?
How about an interview with WEFL?Sorry. Can it wait?
Hey! Let's practice English idioms! Sorry. Can it wait?

三、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Let's listen to some more of the conversation between Steven and Jake.

2、情景：

Why is Abbott Larkin in Stamford now?The president of International Computer? What's he doing here? He's staying at the Stamford Hotel. So what? What's so important?

3、学习：
Now listen and repeat.
what's
what's he doing
What's he doing here?

what's
what's she doing
What's she doing here?

4、引导学习：

Whats he doing here? or Whats she doing here? means "Why is he, or why is she, here?" Now let's practice this expression. You hear.. .James Brady is in town. And you say... What's he doing here? You hear. . . Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio. And you say. . .What's she doing here? Ready? Let's begin.

5、练习：

James Brady is in town. What's he doing here?
Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio.
What's she doing here?
James Brady is at the bus station. What's he doing here?
So's his daughter. What's she doing here?

Mr. and Mrs. Larkin are with them. What are they doing here?

学习：

Now listen and repeat.
So what?
What's so important?
So what?
What's so important?

引导语：

So what? and Whats so important? mean about the same thing. Whats so important? is more formal. So what? is more familiar. So what? means you're not really interested in what the other person is saying.

引导学习：

Let's practice this expression. You hear. . . Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel. And you say. . . So what? What's so important? You hear. . .He had coffee for breakfast this morning. And you say. . .So what? What's so important? Ready? Here we go.

练习:

Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel. So what? What's so important?
He had coffee for breakfast this morning. So what? What's so important?
You know, he sometimes likes to watch TV in the evening. So what? What's so important?

引导语:

When we think something is not important, we sometimes say, "So what?" When we're interested, we sometimes say, "Really?" Listen to the conversation between Jake and Connie.

情景:

Did you know, Connie, that James Brady is a multimillionaire? Yeah, so what? He's thinking of buying International Computer from Abbott Larkin. So what? What's so important?Well, he's also thinking of buying WEFL. Really? Yes. And I heard he wantsto move the studio to Dallas. No! Really?

引导学习:

Now let's practice these two expressions. I say, "James Brady likes to drink a glass of water before he goes to bed." And you say.. . So what? I say, "He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on." And you say.. . Really? Remember, when it's unusual, you say . . . Really? And when it's not unusual, you say.. . So what? You decide. Ready? Let's begin.

练习:

James Brady drinks a glass of water before he goes to bed. He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on.
He gets up every morning at 8:00. He takes a shower.

引导语:

Then he stands on his head and sings "Let It Be." At 9:00 James Brady takes the elevator and leaves the Stamford Hotel. He gets on a horse and rides to the office. Now listen to some more of the conversation between Steven and Jake.

情景:

Larkin's talking to James Brady, the president of NIT. I don't understand. What does that mean? James Brady and Abbott Larkin are meeting in secret. They're making a deal, and I think it's an important story. I want an interview with Larkin. Why? Larkin's company is losing money now. Larkin needs more customers. I think he's selling his company to James Brady. That's why he's here now. NIT is buying Larkin's company? I like that story. Do you realize it's one of the biggest mergers in history? I love it!

2、学习:
Now listen and repeat.
Larkin's talking
Larkin's talking to James Brady.
Larkin's talking to James Brady.

They're making
They're making a deal.
They're making a deal.

I think
I think it's an important story.
I think it's an important story.

Larkin's company
Larkin's company is losing money.
Larkin's company is losing money.

I want an interview.
I want an interview.

3、引导学习：

Now correct the following sentences. I say, "Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago." And you say. . . No. Larkin's talking to James Brady right now. I say, "Steven thought it was an important story last month." And you say. . : No. Steven thinks it's an important story right now.

Remember that verbs of emotion and mental ability are not often used in the present continuous. Ready? Let's start.

4、练习：

Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago. No. Larkin's talking to James Brady right now.
Steven thought it was an important story last month. No. Steven thinks it's an important story right now.
Larkin and Brady made a deal last year. No. Larkin and Brady are making a deal right now.
Jake wanted an interview a week ago. No. Jake wants an interview right now.

Larkin's company lost money a year ago, but now everything's OK. No. Larkin's company is losing money right now.

That's the end of Lesson One.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 10:40
大家新年好! 现在压码听懂免费自学辅导培训班开学，欢迎大家踊跃报名。
报名条件，跟我学，跟我练习，将学员作业在论坛同步发送到论坛，由问题就在这里同步提问，同步解决，你能够具备这个田间就报名参加，不能做到就别报名。
你如果感觉自己一人在这里跟我学可以免费独享我的辅导，你就自己参加，你如果感觉自己学习孤单，你就介绍一位学员和你一起练习。
这个条件够优惠的吧，今天我有时间，大家不要错过。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 10:48
现在教授如何进行压码听懂整理文本？
大家看上面的文本，将它复制粘贴到你的压码听懂日记就可以开始了，这个简单吧。
将论坛就当作QQ聊天室，先学现做，同步进行，ready？here we go。。。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 11:09
压码听懂基本方法：
1、看着文本、听着语音整理文本，目的是方便你的理解和记忆；
2、听着语音、不看文本压码听懂互动磁带，目的是压码理解记忆语音过渡到不看文本记忆记忆文本；
3、看着文本、不听语音压码阅读记忆语音，目的是通篇理解记忆。
are you konw? let's start...

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 11:15
看到零楼的文本了吗？多么凌乱，你看不懂、听不懂是有情可原的，所以我们要想一遍听懂磁带并记住全文不太容易做到，所以我们先整理文本，整理文本即是帮助你学习，本身也是一个学习过程，你不是将整理文本作为负担，而是在通过压码的方法减轻你的学习负担。
是不是这个道理？我们将整理前后的文本0楼的和1楼的对比一下，是不是看看更加清楚明白了？

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 11:18
这是黑猫在我辅导的时候整理的文本，一次就学会了，他整理的还比较不错吧？

一、基本词组:
I'm off to
I'm going to
I'm leaving for

Can it wait

What's he doing here
So what? What's so important?

So what?
Ready?

right now
二、基本句子：

I'm off to the doctor right now
I'm going to the doctor right now
I'm leaving for the races.

Sorry. Can it wait?[

What's he doing here?
So what? What's so important?

They're making a deal

三、场景学习：

场景1
1、引导语：
This is the first lesson: Lesson One. Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.

情景
Good job, Jake. Here are some of your stories for tomorrow. Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time. Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait? I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,Steven, but this is important.

学习
Now listen and repeat.
I'm off
I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.

引导学习
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . .I'm off to the doctor right now. I say, "He's leaving for the airport." And you say. . . He's off to the airport. Ready? Let's begin.

练习
I'm going to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport.
He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. .
Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin.
They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races.
I'm off to the races.

场景2
情景
Here we are, ladies and gentlemen, at Churchill Downs. It's a beautiful day for the annual running of the Kentucky Derby. The horses are moving across the track. Now they're entering the starting gate. They look about ready. . . And they're off!!!

学习
Now Listen.and repeat.
Can it wait?
Can it wait?

引导学习
Can it wait means "Can we talk about it later?" or "Can we do it later?" Now you hear. . .Wait! I need a minute of your time. And you say. . .Sorry. Can it wait? You hear. . . How about an interview with WEFL? And you say. . .Sorry. Can it wait?OK? Let's begin.

练习
Wait! I need a minute of your time.
Sorry. Can it wait?
How about an interview with WEFL?
Sorry. Can it wait?
Hey! Let's practice English idioms!
Sorry. Can it wait?

场景3
引导语
Let's listen to some more of the conversation between Steven and Jake.

情景
Why is Abbott Larkin in Stamford now? The president of International Computer? What's he doing here? He's staying at the Stamford Hotel. So what? What's so important?

学习
Now listen and repeat.
what's
what's he doing
What's he doing here?
what's
what's she doing
What's she doing here?

引导学习
Whats he doing here? or Whats she doing here? means "Why is he, or why is she, here?" Now let's practice this expression. You hear.. .James Brady is in town. And you say...What's he doing here? You hear. . .Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio. And you say. . .What's she doing here?

练习
Ready? Let's begin.
James Brady is in town.
What's he doing here?
Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio.
What's she doing here?
James Brady is at the bus station.
What's he doing here?
So's his daughter.
What's she doing here?
Mr. and Mrs. Larkin are with them.
What are they doing here?

学习
Now listen and repeat.
So what? What's so important?
So what? What's so important?

引导学习
So what? and Whats so important? mean about the same thing. Whats so important? is more formal. So what? is more familiar. So what? means you're not really interested in what the other person is saying. Let's practice this expression. You hear. . .Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel. And you say. . .So what? What's so important? N: You hear. . .
He had coffee for breakfast this morning. And you say. . . So what? What's so important?

练习
Ready? Here we go.
Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel.
So what? What's so important?
He had coffee for breakfast this morning.
So what? What's so important?
You know, he sometimes likes to watch TV in the evening.
So what? What's so important?

场景4
引导语
When we think something is not important, we sometimes say, "So what?" When we're interested, we sometimes say, "Really?" Listen to the conversation between Jake and Connie.

情景
Did you know, Connie, that James Brady is a multimillionaire? Yeah, so what? He's thinking of buying International Computer from Abbott Larkin. So what? What's so important?
Well, he's also thinking of buying WEFL. Really? Yes. And I heard he wants to move the studio to Dallas. No! Really?

引导学习
Now let's practice these two expressions. I say, "James Brady likes to drink a glass of water before he goes to bed." And you say.. .So what? I say, "He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on." And you say.. .Really? Remember, when it's unusual, you say . . .Really? And when it's not unusual, you say.. .So what? You decide. Ready? Let's begin.

练习
James Brady drinks a glass of water before he goes to bed.
He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on.
He gets up every morning at 8:00.
He takes a shower.
Then he stands on his head and sings "Let It Be."
At 9:00 James Brady takes the elevator and leaves the Stamford Hotel.
He gets on a horse and rides to the office.

场景5
引导语
Now listen to some more of the conversation between Steven and Jake.

情景
Larkin's talking to James Brady, the president of NIT. I don't understand. What does that mean?
James Brady and Abbott Larkin are meeting in secret. They're making a deal, and I think it's an
important story. I want an interview with Larkin. Why? Larkin's company is losing money now. Larkin needs more customers. I think he's selling his company to James Brady. That's why he's here now. NIT is buying Larkin's company? I like that story. Do you realize it's one of the biggest mergers in history? I love it!

学习
Now listen and repeat.
Larkin's talking
Larkin's talking to James Brady.
Larkin's talking to James Brady.
They're making
They're making a deal.
They're making a deal.
I think
I think it's an important story.
I think it's an important story.
Larkin's company
Larkin's company is losing money.
Larkin's company is losing money.
I want an interview.
I want an interview.

引导学习
Now correct the following sentences. I say, "Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago." And you say. . .Larkin's talking to James Brady right now.
I say, "Steven thought it was an important story last month." And you say. . :Steven thinks it's an important story right now. Remember that verbs of emotion and mental ability are not often used in the present continuous. Ready? Let's start.

练习
Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago.
No. Larkin's talking to James Brady right now.
Steven thought it was an important story last month.
No. Steven thinks it's an important story right now.
Larkin and Brady made a deal last year.
No. Larkin and Brady are making a deal right now.
Jake wanted an interview a week ago.
No. Jake wants an interview right now.
Larkin's company lost money a year ago, but now everything's OK.
No. Larkin's company is losing money right now.
That's the end of Lesson One.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 11:27
其实我只是教他现场练习了这么一点，他就学会了，在学习前他说看不懂，可是一学就会了。
原文：
BOOK SEVEN, LESSON ONE

N: This is the first lesson:
Lesson One.
Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.
STEVEN: Good job, Jake. Here
are some of your stories
for tomorrow.
JAKE: Wait, Steven. I need a
minute of your time.
STEVEN: Jake, I'm off to the
doctor right now. Can it wait?
JAKE: I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,
Steven, but this is
important.
N: Now listen and repeat.
M: I'm off I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.
N: I'm off to is a way to say "I'm
going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . .
F: I'm off to the doctor right now. N: I say, "He's leaving for the
airport." And you say. . .
F: He's off to the airport.
N: Ready? Let's begin. I'm going to
the doctor right now.
F: I'm off to the doctor right now. N: He's leaving for the airport.
F: He's off to the airport.
N: Mike"and Jake are going to the
Stamford Hotel. .
F: Mike and Jake are off to the
Stamford Hotel.
N: They're going to interview
Abbott Larkin.
F: They're off to interview Abbott
Larkin.
N: I'm leaving for the races.
F: I'm off to the races.

辅导整理部分：

场景1
1、引导语：
This is the first lesson: Lesson One. Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.

情景
Good job, Jake. Here are some of your stories for tomorrow. Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time. Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait? I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,Steven, but this is important.

学习
Now listen and repeat.
I'm off
I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.

引导学习
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . .I'm off to the doctor right now. I say, "He's leaving for the airport." And you say. . . He's off to the airport. Ready? Let's begin.

练习
I'm going to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport.
He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. .
Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin.
They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races.
I'm off to the races.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 11:33
本课共有5部分场景学习内容，我辅导了一个情景，他自己补充完成了5个场景，就说明已经学会了整理文本，其余的基本词组和基本句子部分是介绍以后自己整理补充的。
他说记忆不住，就是没有学会压码，压码记住了语音，记住了文本，记住了全文意思就全部学会本课的压码听懂了吧？

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 11:43
压码听懂就是压码记住全课的语音、文本和意思，形成英语思维理解记忆，举例来说：就是如果你每个句子听到以后是理解的，但是一课练习结束后，什么都没有记住，让你回想回想不出来语音，回乡不出来文本，回想不出来用英语表达的意思，你的练习不是白浪费时间了吗？
你回想一下平时在学校学习英语是不是这个样子。这叫做没有压住码。
如果你压住了整篇课文的“码”，这可是一个“大码”，一篇文章的“音、形、义”的全息信息码，你是不是自己可以听、读、说、想、写都没有问题了。
所以说压码听懂学习法，不但是听懂了语音，而是学会了英语，起码是学习一课的听说读写学会全活了。用千万别学英语的五个阶段标准来衡量，你一次练习的压码法就是“英语的1-5个阶段”阿。
体会到压码听懂的威力了吗？

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 97 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 11:50
你看看第一个情景的原文，你要背诵课文也不好背，它不是文章而是口语对话形式，就是背诵课文，你也不能背诵的和磁带一样的语音，文本的读音和磁带一样，意思自然理解，背诵记忆全部的音形义全息信息码，你只是背诵了文本一个方面而且是不带语音的文本，就是说你背诵的课文的是你自己的语音，不是磁带的语音，你背诵的时间长、质量差、不好记忆，这才是最要命的根本。所以你既是背过了，还是没有学会英语。
这就是不要背诵课文的原因。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 12:00
引导语：
原文中，你可以看到有一个“N”，这就使引导语，这是老师在教我们学英语，只不过我们在学校里面是老师用中文进行讲解课文，这是是老师用英文讲解怎样练习而已。
N: This is the first lesson:
Lesson One.
Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.
STEVEN: Good job, Jake. Here
are some of your stories
for tomorrow.
你整理一下：

引导语：
This is the first lesson:Lesson One.Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.
这里将N去掉，将几行排列的句子连接到一起，不留下空白部分即可，很简单吧？
全文都是这样整理，记住：
1、一个场景学习有引导语、情景、学习、引导学习和练习5部分组成；
2、将N、F、M，还有情景中的人名全部去掉；
3、将几个内容部分的所有句子对话都连接成一个整体，不分行排列即可。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 12:21
情景：

原文中看到“JAKE”人名，这是课文中的一段情景对话

JAKE: Wait, Steven. I need a
minute of your time.
STEVEN: Jake, I'm off to the
doctor right now. Can it wait?
JAKE: I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,
Steven, but this is
important.

你可以整理情景：

2、情景：

Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time.Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait?I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,Steven, but this is important.

将人名去掉，将两人的对话连接起来即可。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 12:34
这个情景对话就是你学习的内容，互动磁带就使用英语讲解课文的口语对话的内容，里面有你需要学习的口语，比如这里的“off to ”、“right now ”、“can it wait ”就使你要学习的基本词组，也是基本句子形式和俚语的语法现象。
我们不和学校一样进行讲解、分析课文，那样不能灵活学会英语，会受中文的影响，不能自然理解，不能压码记忆全息英语信息码的音形义，不能自然消化吸收英语，不能形成英语思维，不能进行任意变换。
我们这里整理一下就可以了，想自然理解不会的单词、句式和语法，都是通过压码理解的，压码记忆的，先压码记住语音，压码记住文本，就压码理解了意思，压码记忆了全息信息。
这里不不用翻译、也不用查字典，甚至连英语字典也不用查，就能自然理解记忆。
一句话：先压码记忆下来再说。后面你就可以自然理解。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 12:45
学习压码：
你看到原文中N: Now listen and repeat.，听到以后进行重复在心中回想就是压码听清，在重复地说出来就使压码跟读，这里是教你学习“压码”的方法的。

原文：
N: Now listen and repeat.
M: I'm off I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.

整理文本为：

３、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

　I'm off
　I'm off to the doctor
　I'm off to the doctor right now.
　I'm off to the doctor right now.

这里去掉Ｎ、Ｍ，不同的是要排列对齐，根据语音的停顿进行换行，和前面的连接起来不一样，大家要注意。因为你是在学习压码法的，压码就是“听到一句重复一句”，停顿就换行，如果学习几个内容的句子压码，中间都要留一行空行。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 12:54
压码法大家感觉比较难，经过这样教压码，
听到“　I'm off ”，你心中回想一遍“　I'm off ”，在论坛上回车换行；
听到“I'm off to the doctor”，你心中回想一遍“I'm off to the doctor”，在论坛上回车换行；
听到“I'm off to the doctor right now. ”，心中回想一遍“I'm off to the doctor right now. ”，在论坛上回车换行；

重放一遍“I'm off to the doctor right now.”，你再在心中回想一遍“I'm off to the doctor right now.”。
这样你就从基本的词组I'm off 压码，到I'm off to the doctor压码，再到　I'm off to the doctor right now. 压码，再双重压码一次　I'm off to the doctor right now.，你就学会了压码。
是不是压码很简单阿！

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:01
每篇课文都是这样教诲大家压码法的，从压码单词到压码词组，到压码简单句子，到压码长句子，有的从左面王右面逐步的加，有的从右面往左面逐步地加，有的两边同时加成复杂的长句子，没有你压不住码的，这就使循序渐进地提高压码能力的方法，这个地方是教方法的。
压码深度听清具体到各个句子，这个就使叫你的一个基本句子：
　I'm off to the doctor right now.
深度听清是压码听懂的基本方法，包括：压码一个句子、压码多重压码、压码长句子、压码多个句子和连环压码等。
这里虽然简单，但是学会这个“学习”压码的部分，以后你对于复杂的压码方法也就很容易地学会了。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:05
自己试一试：
双重压码：
　“I'm off ”：I'm off ，I'm off
　“I'm off to the doctor”：I'm off to the doctor，I'm off to the doctor
　“I'm off to the doctor right now. ”：I'm off to the doctor right now
　“I'm off to the doctor right now. ”：I'm off to the doctor right now

这里“”里面的是听到的，：后面的就是你重复心中回想两次的“双重压码”，就这么简单。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:14
连环压码：
“I'm off ”：I'm off ，I'm off
　听到“I'm off to the doctor”：心中回想I'm off to the doctor，I'm off to the doctor；听到“I'm off to the doctor right now. ”：心中回想I'm off to the doctor right now；听到“I'm off to the doctor right now. ”心中回想：I'm off to the doctor right now。
再连续回想一遍：I'm off ，I'm off to the doctor，I'm off to the doctor right now. 这就是连环压码了。

　而这一句子“I'm off to the doctor right now.”比起来“I'm off ”就是压码长句子了。
简单的整理学习部分，你就学会了深度听清的所有的压码一个句子、压码多重压码、压码长句子，压码多个句子，连环压码的压码深度听清法，就是压码听懂的基本方法。
所以深度听清以后就可以直接练习压码听懂学习法。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:17
学会了学习中的基本压码法，你就可以将上面的引导语和情景中的内容进行压码练习了。

你再试一试引导语和情景的压码：
1、引导语：
This is the first lesson: Lesson One. Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.

情景
Good job, Jake. Here are some of your stories for tomorrow. Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time. Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait? I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,Steven, but this is important.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:24
引导学习：
你看原文中Ｎ，I say，And you say，一直到Ready? Let's begin，这就是教你学习基本句子的变换的方法。

原文：

N: I'm off to is a way to say "I'm
going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . .
F: I'm off to the doctor right now. N: I say, "He's leaving for the
airport." And you say. . .
F: He's off to the airport.
N: Ready? Let's begin. I'm going to
the doctor right now.

整理的文本：

４、　引导学习：

I'm off to is a way to say "I'm　going to" or "I'm leaving for."Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . . I'm off to the doctor right now. I say, "He's leaving for the　airport." And you say. . . He's off to the airport.Ready? Let's begin.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:33
将Ｎ、Ｆ去掉，将文本换行的所有句子连接起来即可。
我说，你再说，是不是压码？压码就很好理解了，就是老师教学生学说话。
这里老师Ｎ教的句子讲解是
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm　going to" or "I'm leaving for，这是引导的部分；
这里的基本句子：
我说的I'm going to the doctor right now，你说的 I'm off to the doctor right now，这是压码；
从He's leaving for the　airport到He's off to the airport.这是压码后的句子变换的学习。

所以这一部分就是引导学习，是老师英语讲解教学生压码学习的部分。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:38
练习：
你看原文 Ready? Let's begin后面的部分。

原文：

I'm going to
the doctor right now.
F: I'm off to the doctor right now. N: He's leaving for the airport.
F: He's off to the airport.
N: Mike"and Jake are going to the
Stamford Hotel. .
F: Mike and Jake are off to the
Stamford Hotel.
N: They're going to interview
Abbott Larkin.
F: They're off to interview Abbott
Larkin.
N: I'm leaving for the races.
F: I'm off to the races.

整理的文本：

I'm going to　the doctor right now.　I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport.　 He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin.They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races. I'm off to the races.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:44
这里将N、F去掉，将N和F的一唱一和的一对句子连接到一行就OK了。
这样“going to”　和 “leaving for ”两个基本词组的句子就变换成“off to ”基本词组的句子了。
学会一个基本句子以后，要进行应用，所以就要在老师教诲以后自己能够独立练习，进行对此变换。
当你已经学会了自己造句，自己变换的时候，上面的基本句子在多样化应用中就学会理解了。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:48
一个场景学习有这5部分组成，当你整理完引导语、情景、学习、引导学习和练习以后，对这一段落就非常清楚了。对于课文中多情景对话就消化理解记忆吸收了。

看看自己练习的效果怎样？进行归纳总结一下吧。
只要整理出来你理解记忆的基本词组和基本句子就可以了。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:49
一、基本词组：
off to ---going to”　和 “leaving for

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 13:52
这一段落就是讲解了一个基本词组off to ，简单吧，互动磁带就是一篇课文学会一个最基本词组，词组到句子，到段落，到全文层层深化理解记忆的，压码一篇文章就变得非常简单了。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 14:06
你在整理基本句子的时候可以将所有整理过的内容复制过来，将需要强化的词组都整理出来，只是记住最近本地词组就可以了。
我们做个示范：
整理的文本：

场景学习：

1、引导语：

This is the first lesson:Lesson One.Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.

2、情景：

Good job, Jake. Here are some of your stories for tomorrow. Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time. Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait? I know you're busy and I hate to bother you, Steven, but this is important.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

I'm off
I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.

4、引导学习：
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . . I'm off to the doctor right now. I say, "He's leaving for the airport." And you say. . . He's off to the airport. Ready? Let's begin.

5、练习：
I'm going to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport. He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin. They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races. I'm off to the races.

从中整理基本词组：
引导语中的
This is ...
Listen to ...
between ....

情景中的：

Here are ...
some of your stories
for tomorrow.
Wait, Steven.
I need a ...
minute of your time.
I'm off to ...
the doctor
right now.
Can it wait?
I know ...
you're busy
and I hate to ...
bother you, but
this is important.

学习中的：

listen and repeat.

I'm off
off to
off to the doctor
right now.

引导学习中的：

off to is
a way
to say
"I'm going to"
or "I'm leaving for."
Let's practice ...
using this idiom.
I say,
"I'm going to
the doctor
right now."
And you say. . .
"He's leaving for
the airport."
He's off to
the airport.
Ready? Let's begin.

练习中的：
I'm going to
the doctor right now.
I'm off to
He's leaving for
the airport.
He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are ...
going to ...
the Stamford Hotel.
off to ...
They're going to ...
interview Abbott Larkin.
They're off to ...
I'm leaving for ...
the races.
I'm off to ...

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 14:10
归纳基本词组：

一、基本词组：
off to ---going to”　和 “leaving for

This is ...Listen to ...between ....

Here are ...
some of your stories
for tomorrow.
Wait, Steven.
I need a ...
minute of your time.
I'm off to ...
the doctor
right now.
Can it wait?
I know ...
you're busy
and I hate to ...
bother you, but
this is important.

listen and repeat.

I'm off
off to
off to the doctor
right now.

off to is
a way
to say
"I'm going to"
or "I'm leaving for."
Let's practice ...
using this idiom.
I say,
"I'm going to
the doctor
right now."
And you say. . .
"He's leaving for
the airport."
He's off to
the airport.
Ready? Let's begin.

I'm going to
the doctor right now.
I'm off to
He's leaving for
the airport.
He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are ...
going to ...
the Stamford Hotel.
off to ...
They're going to ...
interview Abbott Larkin.
They're off to ...
I'm leaving for ...
the races.
I'm off to ...

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 14:54
这样经过整理你总结出来基本词组就是off to ，
而off to 就是表达going to 和leaving for 来回去的两种意思，没有方向感的词组。
同时你将所有的课文内容整理一遍，基本词组都自然理解记忆了，分解开了句子理解词组很容易做到；
This is ...Listen to ...between ....引导语的连接词可以帮助你理解记忆故事情节和中心思想内容。
Here are some of your stories for tomorrow.你学会了一个Here are 。。。结构；
Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time.你学会了一个I need a。。。词组结构，而且学会了I need a minute of your time的句子结构；

I'm off to the doctor right now你学会了“off to ”在句子中的基本词组结构和基本句子类型，
Can it wait?你学会了一个俚语，即是基本词组，有时基本句子；
I know you're busy and I hate to bother you，你学会了I know 。。。基本词组结构。。。省略的是you're busy and I hate to bother you的句子；
Steven, but this is important，你学会了。。。but 。。。结构；
listen and repeat，你学会了这是压码学习的方法；
I'm off 到I'm off to the doctor到I'm off to the doctor right now. 你学会了从简单词组到简单短语到复杂句子的变换压码法，学会了I'm off 、off to 、right now的基本词组变换，就是你可以任意进行词组组和了，学会了基本句子是: I'm off to the doctor right now;
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm going to" or "I'm leaving for." 你学会了解释一个生词的方式：。。。is a way to say ，省略号正好是基本词组off to ，意思就是going to和leaving for两个基本词组；
Let's practice using this idiom.，你学会了Let's practice 。。。基本词组的表达方式，using this idiom词组你不理解虽然不知道翻译中稳定意思，但是就是可以了理解就是上面的那些内容；
I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." 你学会了怎样教学生I say。。。省略的是句子内容I'm going to the doctor right now，这是基本句子结构；
And you say. . .I'm off to the doctor right now.你学会了And you say。。。是学生学习说话的基本方式，就是压码句子；
I say, "He's leaving for the airport." 你学会了leaving for 基本词组，和上面的off to 的对应关系；
And you say. . . He's off to the airport. 你学会了由leaving for 基本词组到off to 基本词组的变换句子的方式。
到此，你就全部明白了口语还有off to的这种表达方式。

I'm going to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.这是一对会话的互换句子练习，你学会了going to 到off to 基本词组，这是前面的例子；
He's leaving for the airport. He's off to the airport.这一对会话你学会了leaving for 到 off to 基本词组的变换；
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.你学会了Mike"and Jake are 。。。对应上面的句子对是I'm going to 。。。He's leaving for 。。。Mike"and Jake are going to 。。。的基本词组的变换，变换以后的对应于I'm off to 。。。He's off to 。。。 Mike and Jake are off to 。。。基本词组的变换；
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin.They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.你学会了They're going to 。。。和They're off to 的基本词组变换；
几个句子变换你还学会了to the doctor.for the airport.the Stamford Hotel. .to interview Abbott Larkin.for the races.的几个实际应用的基本词组。
所以在整理基本词组的时候就是学习和归纳总结的时候。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 15:06
二、基本句子：
I'm off to the doctor right now.
压码学习的就是一课文中最基本的句子类型；
整理文本：
Now listen and repeat.

I'm off
I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.

选择最后的一个句子，如果有几段就选择几个句子。

引导学习
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . .I'm off to the doctor right now. I say, "He's leaving for the airport." And you say. . . He's off to the airport. Ready? Let's begin.

就是选择带引号的句子：
"I'm going to the doctor right now." "He's leaving for the airport." He's off to the airport.
这是基本词组going to 、leaving for 、off to 三个基本词组对应的三个基本句子的范例。

练习：
I'm going to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport. He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin. They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races. I'm off to the races.

练习的句子是基本句子的应用。

所以整理基本句子就是整理学习、引导学习和练习的内容，基本句子是从最基本到基本句子变换到基本句子的应用的，抓住了重点。

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 15:07
归纳基本句子：
二、基本句子：
I'm off to the doctor right now.

"I'm going to the doctor right now."
"He's leaving for the airport."
He's off to the airport.

I'm going to the doctor right now. I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport. He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin. They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races. I'm off to the races.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 15:13
上面我举例整理了一个基本场景学习的文本整理过程，这篇课文共有5个场景学习内容，大家可以自己试着练习一下。
归纳：
一、基本词组:
I'm off to
I'm going to
I'm leaving for

Can it wait

What's he doing here
So what? What's so important?

So what?
Ready?

right now
二、基本句子：

I'm off to the doctor right now
I'm going to the doctor right now
I'm leaving for the races.

Sorry. Can it wait?[

What's he doing here?
So what? What's so important?

They're making a deal

三、场景学习：

场景1
1、引导语：
This is the first lesson: Lesson One. Listen to the conversation between Steven Winn and Jake Seltzer.

2、情景
Good job, Jake. Here are some of your stories for tomorrow. Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time. Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait? I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,Steven, but this is important.

3、学习
Now listen and repeat.
I'm off
I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.

4、引导学习
I'm off to is a way to say "I'm going to" or "I'm leaving for." Let's practice using this idiom. I say, "I'm going to the doctor right now." And you say. . .I'm off to the doctor right now. I say, "He's leaving for the airport." And you say. . . He's off to the airport. Ready? Let's begin.

5、练习
I'm going to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.
He's leaving for the airport.
He's off to the airport.
Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. .
Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.
They're going to interview Abbott Larkin.
They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.
I'm leaving for the races.
I'm off to the races.

场景2
1、情景
Here we are, ladies and gentlemen, at Churchill Downs. It's a beautiful day for the annual running of the Kentucky Derby. The horses are moving across the track. Now they're entering the starting gate. They look about ready. . . And they're off!!!

2、学习
Now Listen.and repeat.
Can it wait?
Can it wait?

3、引导学习
Can it wait means "Can we talk about it later?" or "Can we do it later?" Now you hear. . .Wait! I need a minute of your time. And you say. . .Sorry. Can it wait? You hear. . . How about an interview with WEFL? And you say. . .Sorry. Can it wait?OK? Let's begin.

4、练习
Wait! I need a minute of your time.
Sorry. Can it wait?
How about an interview with WEFL?
Sorry. Can it wait?
Hey! Let's practice English idioms!
Sorry. Can it wait?

场景3
1、引导语
Let's listen to some more of the conversation between Steven and Jake.

2、情景
Why is Abbott Larkin in Stamford now? The president of International Computer? What's he doing here? He's staying at the Stamford Hotel. So what? What's so important?

3、学习
Now listen and repeat.
what's
what's he doing
What's he doing here?
what's
what's she doing
What's she doing here?

4、引导学习
Whats he doing here? or Whats she doing here? means "Why is he, or why is she, here?" Now let's practice this expression. You hear.. .James Brady is in town. And you say...What's he doing here? You hear. . .Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio. And you say. . .What's she doing here?

5、练习
Ready? Let's begin.
James Brady is in town.
What's he doing here?
Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio.
What's she doing here?
James Brady is at the bus station.
What's he doing here?
So's his daughter.
What's she doing here?
Mr. and Mrs. Larkin are with them.
What are they doing here?

场景4：

1、学习
Now listen and repeat.
So what? What's so important?
So what? What's so important?

2、引导学习
So what? and Whats so important? mean about the same thing. Whats so important? is more formal. So what? is more familiar. So what? means you're not really interested in what the other person is saying. Let's practice this expression. You hear. . .Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel. And you say. . .So what? What's so important? N: You hear. . .
He had coffee for breakfast this morning. And you say. . . So what? What's so important?

3、练习
Ready? Here we go.
Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel.
So what? What's so important?
He had coffee for breakfast this morning.
So what? What's so important?
You know, he sometimes likes to watch TV in the evening.
So what? What's so important?

场景5
1、引导语
When we think something is not important, we sometimes say, "So what?" When we're interested, we sometimes say, "Really?" Listen to the conversation between Jake and Connie.

2、情景
Did you know, Connie, that James Brady is a multimillionaire? Yeah, so what? He's thinking of buying International Computer from Abbott Larkin. So what? What's so important?
Well, he's also thinking of buying WEFL. Really? Yes. And I heard he wants to move the studio to Dallas. No! Really?

3、引导学习
Now let's practice these two expressions. I say, "James Brady likes to drink a glass of water before he goes to bed." And you say.. .So what? I say, "He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on." And you say.. .Really? Remember, when it's unusual, you say . . .Really? And when it's not unusual, you say.. .So what? You decide. Ready? Let's begin.

4、练习
James Brady drinks a glass of water before he goes to bed.
He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on.
He gets up every morning at 8:00.
He takes a shower.
Then he stands on his head and sings "Let It Be."
At 9:00 James Brady takes the elevator and leaves the Stamford Hotel.
He gets on a horse and rides to the office.

场景6
1、引导语
Now listen to some more of the conversation between Steven and Jake.

2、情景
Larkin's talking to James Brady, the president of NIT. I don't understand. What does that mean?
James Brady and Abbott Larkin are meeting in secret. They're making a deal, and I think it's an
important story. I want an interview with Larkin. Why? Larkin's company is losing money now. Larkin needs more customers. I think he's selling his company to James Brady. That's why he's here now. NIT is buying Larkin's company? I like that story. Do you realize it's one of the biggest mergers in history? I love it!

3、学习
Now listen and repeat.
Larkin's talking
Larkin's talking to James Brady.
Larkin's talking to James Brady.
They're making
They're making a deal.
They're making a deal.
I think
I think it's an important story.
I think it's an important story.
Larkin's company
Larkin's company is losing money.
Larkin's company is losing money.
I want an interview.
I want an interview.

4、引导学习
Now correct the following sentences. I say, "Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago." And you say. . .Larkin's talking to James Brady right now.
I say, "Steven thought it was an important story last month." And you say. . :Steven thinks it's an important story right now. Remember that verbs of emotion and mental ability are not often used in the present continuous. Ready? Let's start.

5、练习
Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago.
No. Larkin's talking to James Brady right now.
Steven thought it was an important story last month.
No. Steven thinks it's an important story right now.
Larkin and Brady made a deal last year.
No. Larkin and Brady are making a deal right now.
Jake wanted an interview a week ago.
No. Jake wants an interview right now.
Larkin's company lost money a year ago, but now everything's OK.
No. Larkin's company is losing money right now.
That's the end of Lesson One.

新闻 2008-02-02 18:29
试试，请指导！

第七册第一课
BOOK SEVEN, LESSON ONE

主题 Let's practice English idioms

一、学习重点归纳：
I am off = I am going to = I am leaving for

So what? = What’s so important?
Really?

Can it wait? = Can we talk about it later? = Can we do it later?

What’s he doing here? = Why is he here?

The company lost money last year .
The company is losing money just now.

Jack wanted an interview a week ago.
Jack wants an interview just now.

二、场景学习过程
1、场景1：
Good job, Jake. Here are some of your stories for tomorrow.
Wait, Steven. I need a minute of your time.
Jake, I'm off to the doctor right now. Can it wait?
I know you're busy and I hate to bother you,Steven, but this is important.

2、学习：
I'm off
I'm off to the doctor
I'm off to the doctor right now.

I'm off to = I'm going to =I'm leaving for

3、引导：
"I'm going to the doctor right now."
I'm off to the doctor right now.

"He's leaving for the airport."
He's off to the airport.

4、练习：
I'm going to the doctor right now.
I'm off to the doctor right now.

He's leaving for the airport.
He's off to the airport.

Mike"and Jake are going to the Stamford Hotel. .
Mike and Jake are off to the Stamford Hotel.

They're going to interview Abbott Larkin.
They're off to interview Abbott Larkin.

I'm leaving for the races.
I'm off to the races.

1、场景二：
Here we are, ladies and gentlemen, at Churchill Downs. It's a beautiful day for the annual running of the Kentucky Derby. The horses are moving across the track. Now they're entering the starting gate. They look about ready. . . And they're off!!!

2、学习：
Can it wait?

Can it wait ?= "Can we talk about it later?" = "Can we do it later?"

3、引导：
Wait! I need a minute of your time.
Sorry. Can it wait?

How about an interview with WEFL?
Sorry. Can it wait?

4、练习：
Wait! I need a minute of your time.
Sorry. Can it wait?

How about an interview with WEFL?
Sorry. Can it wait?

Hey! Let's practice English idioms!
Sorry. Can it wait?

1、场景3：
Why is Abbott Larkin in Stamford now?
The president of International Computer?What's he doing here?
He's staying at the Stamford Hotel.
So what? What's so important?

2、学习（断句）：
what's
what's he doing
What's he doing here?

what's
what's she doing
What's she doing here?

学习（语法）：
Whats he doing here? = Why is he here?
Whats she doing here? = why is she here?

James Brady is in town.
What's he doing here?

Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio.
What's she doing here?

3、练习**Ready? Let's begin.
James Brady is in town.
What's he doing here?

Steven's wife, Anne, just arrived at the studio.
What's she doing here?

James Brady is at the bus station.
What's he doing here?

So's his daughter.
What's she doing here?

Mr. and Mrs. Larkin are with them.
What are they doing here?

4、学习**Now listen and repeat.
So what?
What's so important?
So what? What's so important?

So what?=Whats so important? (mean about the same thing. )
Whats so important? is more formal.
So what? is more familiar.
So what? means you're not really interested in what the other person is saying.

5、引导**Let's practice this expression
Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel.
So what? What's so important?

He had coffee for breakfast this morning.
So what? What's so important?

6、练习**Ready? Here we go. (So what? What's so important?)
Abbott Larkin is staying at the Stamford Hotel.
So what? What's so important?
He had coffee for breakfast this morning.
So what? What's so important?
You know, he sometimes likes to watch TV in the evening.
So what? What's so important?

7、学习**"So what?" or "Really?"
When we think something is not important, we sometimes say, "So what?"
When we're interested, we sometimes say, "Really?"

1、场景4**Listen to the conversation
Did you know, Connie,that James Brady is a multimillionaire?
Yeah, so what?
He's thinking of buying International Computer from Abbott Larkin.
So what? What's so important?
Well, he's also thinking of buying WEFL.
Really?
Yes. And I heard he wants to move the studio to Dallas.
No! Really?

2、引导**Now let's practice these two expressions.
"James Brady likes to drink a glass of water before he goes to bed."
So what?
"He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on."
Really?

3、学习** Remember,
when it's unusual, you say …Really?
when it's not unusual, you say.. .So what?

4、练习**Ready? Let's begin.
James Brady drinks a glass of water before he goes to bed.
So what?

He always sleeps with his hat and shoes on.
Really?

He gets up every morning at 8:00.
So what? What's so important?

He takes a shower.
What's so important?

Then he stands on his head and sings "Let It Be."
Really?

At 9:00 James Brady takes the elevator and leaves the Stamford Hotel.
Yeah, so what?

He gets on a horse and rides to the office.
No! Really?

1、场景5**Now listen to some more of the conversation between Steven and Jake.
Larkin's talking to James Brady, the president of NIT.
I don't understand. What does that mean?
James Brady and Abbott Larkin are meeting in secret. They're making a deal, and I think it's an important story. I want an interview with Larkin.
Why?
Larkin's company is losing money now. Larkin needs more customers. I think he's selling his company to James Brady. That's why he's here now.
NIT is buying Larkin's company? I like that story.
Do you realize it's one of the biggest mergers in history?
I love it!

1、学习**Now listen and repeat.
Larkin's talking
Larkin's talking to James Brady.

They're making
They're making a deal.

I think
I think it's an important story.

Larkin's company
Larkin's company is losing money.

I want an interview.
I want an interview.

2、引导**Now correct the following sentences.
"Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago.".
No. Larkin's talking to James Brady right now.

"Steven thought it was an important story last month."
No. Steven thinks it's an important story right now.

3、学习**Remember ：
that verbs of emotion 情感〈hate, like , love, want 〉and mental ability心理活动〈know, mean, realize, think, underestand 〉 are not often used in the present continuous.

4、练习 **Ready? Let's start.
Larkin talked to James Brady a month ago.
No. Larkin's talking to James Brady right now.

Larkin and Brady made a deal last year.
No. Larkin and Brady are making a deal right now.

Larkin's company lost money a year ago, but now everything's OK.
No. Larkin's company is losing money right now.

特别的：
Jake wanted an interview a week ago.
No. Jake wants an interview right now.

Steven thought it was an important story last month.
No. Steven thinks it's an important story right now.

**That's the end of Lesson One.

sunyuting1 2008-02-02 23:48
练习整理的文本很有参考价值.
最近得知广州等地遇到50年不遇的大雪,新闻可好?天气很冷,注意保温,深表慰问.
春节临近,祝早日天暖冰消,同胞一路平安,与家人幸福团圆!

新闻 2008-02-03 02:15
问题：

我觉得只要好好利用文本中的句子就好了，尽量少写中文。在他们前面加上序号就简单清楚了。
比如：
1、Listen to the conversation 就是说：场景
2、Now let's practice these two expressions.就是说：引导
3、Now listen and repeat.就是说：学习
4、Remember 就是说：记住
5、Ready? Let's start. 就是说：练习

另外，可以用一些括号来表示符号中的这句话的一些状态，比如：《》、｛｝、［］、（）、“”
《》：意思是这句话是自己拓展的句子。《》：形似向外拓展
｛｝：意思是这句话是用耳朵听的句子。｛｝：形似耳朵
［］：意思是这句话是用手写下来的句子。［］：形似“写”字
（）：意思是这句话是用心压码的句子。（）：形似心形
“”：意思是这句话是用嘴说的句子。 “”：引用话语

新闻 2008-02-03 02:30
Quote:
引用第34楼sunyuting1于2008-02-02 23:48发表的 :
练习整理的文本很有参考价值.
最近得知广州等地遇到50年不遇的大雪,新闻可好?天气很冷,注意保温,深表慰问.
春节临近,祝早日天暖冰消,同胞一路平安,与家人幸福团圆!

谢谢孙老师的指导！我会继续跟你学下去。

谢谢孙老师的关心！我很好，在广州过年。广州没有下雪，是它北边的一些南方城市下了大雪，路上结冰，又下冻雨，飞机、火车、汽车全部不能通行，所以广州挤满了要北上回家的人们。但是广州人民在全力保持等待回家人们的安全、饮食和寒暖问题，共同抵抗严寒。所以说这个冬天不太冷，温暖自在心间。

春节将至，祝大家新年快乐，身体健康，学习进步！！！

sunyuting1 2008-02-03 05:20
你的探索很好.正式整理的文本里面不能用太多的正文.如果讲解方法新学员还是中文容易理解,马上就可以实验.
我感觉:
1、整理文本需要格式化统一，以免大家互相不明白。
2、可以用数字加英文单词表示不同层次结构，但是不要用精确的英语表达法表示层次，那样容易分不清是课文还是层次的提示语，可只用一个单词。
3、正文中加括号的方法可以实验一下，比如自己加的英文必须加上括号，避免以为是正文，其他学员能够看懂上自己加的内容，注意标准化，以免引起歧义。因为整理的文本要在听懂练习中看，太多了影响练习的速度。
4、正文结束的最后，可以用一些个人理解发挥的内容。一般不影响正文的练习。

sunyuting1 2008-02-03 05:53
比如：
1、Listen to the conversation 就是说：场景
2、Now let's practice these two expressions.就是说：引导
3、Now listen and repeat.就是说：学习
4、Remember 就是说：记住
5、Ready? Let's start. 就是说：练习

一、word（基本词组）:
1、（第一段落）
2、（第二段落）
3、（第三段落）
4、（第四段落）
5、（第五段落）
二、stences：
1、（第一段落）
2、（第二段落）
3、（第三段落）
4、（第四段落）
5、（第五段落）
三、contents（场景学习）：
（一）contents1（第一段落场景学习）：
1、intrduce（引导）：
2、conwersation（情景）：
3、 repeat.（学习）
4、example（引导学习）
5、practice（练习）
（二）contents2（第二段落场景学习）：
1、
2、
3、
4、
5、
（三）contents3（第三段落场景学习）：
1、
2、
3、
4、
5、
四、then（附加）：

sunyuting1 2008-02-03 06:14
可以用一些括号来表示符号中的这句话的一些状态，比如：《》、｛｝、［］、（）、“”
《》：意思是这句话是自己拓展的句子。《》：形似向外拓展
｛｝：意思是这句话是用耳朵听的句子。｛｝：形似耳朵
［］：意思是这句话是用手写下来的句子。［］：形似“写”字
（）：意思是这句话是用心压码的句子。（）：形似心形
“”：意思是这句话是用嘴说的句子。 “”：引用话语

用听说读写想的英文字头来表示，加（）是否更简单，比如：
1、写作的句子（W：）取代［］。
2、拓展的句子（A：）造句取代《》。
3、心中压码的句子（TH：）取代（）。
4、说的句子（S：）取代 “”。
5、记忆的句子（R：）
6、语法学习（G：）
7、查英语字典的解释（D：）
8、听到的句子（L：）
9、阅读的句子（R：）

看看在正文中用英文字头表示，只用一种括号（）简单，还是用不同括号表示打字快，容易记忆住这些符号。都实验一下效果。

sunyuting1 2008-02-03 06:22
因为整理文本是在听着语音、看者文本，在论坛上同步整理的，就是整理的速度和磁带播放的速度一致进行压码整理的，要考虑这个因素。
还要考虑在初步整理以后练习不看文本听和看文本阅读的同步进行的因素。
所以整理文本要尽量流畅。

新闻 2008-02-03 12:21
如果是这样的话，那就可以很简单了。

我建议：
1、把场景学习放在第一步，这样整理文本时除了标注层次外，基本不要增加什么内容，这样就保证流畅，可能争取到整理速度和播放速度同步。
2、把重点归纳总结放在第二步，这样就可以自己总结、发挥、拓展了。大家互相学习时，只要仔细看着总结这部分资料就好了。总结这部分要求自己回响，自己写，自己修改正确后发出，这样也就不要什么符号辅助了。大家看过之后有什么意见和想法，特别是明显的错误和好的资料补充，都可以跟贴指出，这样大家都可以提高快些了。

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 98 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2007-11-04 07:29
洪恩环境英语 AUDIO SCRIPT 录音带文本

第十一册第一课

一、基本词组：
1、I didn't 、 I wasn't 、 You should have 、You should have been ：

are you all right
What happened
I'm not sure.
I was...when I heard .... I thought...
I came out to see
went out
came crashing down
When .. who was .., the lights ...
You shouldn't have
been working ..so late.
I told you....
You should have made sure .....
I couldn't find
Besides, I wanted to do
Well, if you were ..., you should have ...

what was Chris doing ---was working on the tape

you should have
you should have made sure
somebody was with you
locked all the doors.

I didn't make sure
somebody was with me.
You should have made sure
somebody was with you.
I didn't lock
. You should have locked

I didn't --- You should have
I wasn't --- You should have been
make sure
was with me--was with you.
lock --locked
check to --checked to
know -- known

I didn't make sure
I didn't lock
I didn't check to make sure
I didn't call
I didn't know
I didn't tell
I wasn't very careful

You should have made sure
You should have locked
You should have checked to make sure
You should have called
You should have known
You should have told
You should have been

I didn't know what to do.
You should have known what to do.
I didn't tell them what happened.
You should have told them what happened.

somebody was with me
lock all the doors
they were locked.
call the security guard.
what to do
what happened
very careful with the tapes.

2、 when you ..., you should have .... I didn't .... You could have

Listen carefully for what ...

I know, I know.
I should have been
when you heard..., you should have called ....
I assumed it was you.
you should have called ... You could have ..
I could have, but I didn't.
It doesn't matter anymore.

What's the first rule--should never assume anything

You could have
gotten killed.

I didn't get ... You could have gotten
I didn't hurt myself... You could have hurt yourself.

I didn't

get killed
hurt myself
have an accident
sprain my ankle
break anything
ruin the tapes

You could

have gotten killed.
have hurt yourself.
have had an accident
have sprained your ankle.
have broken something.
have ruined the tapes.

3、affirmative--negative forms
might have , could have
it's possible--- might not have ,
It's impossible could not have ,couldn't have been :

Who does Chris think
scared her

Did you see ..
Someone might be ..
Do you have any ..
who it might have been
It might have been
It couldn't have been

Who does Chris think
might have scared her--Terry.

It might have been .
It might not have been

It could have been
It couldn't have been

affirmative--negative forms

affirmativ:
might have
could have
suggest possibility.
It might have been= It could have been

negative：
might not have
could not have
couldn't have
are different.

It might not have been--it's possible-- Terry wasn't the one
It couldn't have been --it's impossible--Terry was the one
who tried to scare Chris. Let's practice these negative forms. You hear. . .

It's possible... that Terry wasn't ...who...
Terry might not have been...who ....
It's impossible... that Terry was...who...
Terry couldn't have been ...who ....

It's possible

that Terry wasn't
one who tried to
Terry might not have been

It's impossible
that Terry was
one who tried to
Terry couldn't have been
the one who tried to
that Mike turned off
He left ... Mike couldn't have
turned off the lights.

It's possible
that it wasn't an accident.
It might not have been
Maybe it was
I haven't seen
that he wasn't in
She wouldn't do
It couldn't have been
Maybe Detective Modine
He's been in and out
that he wasn't here

二、基本句子：
I didn't make sure somebody was with me.
You should have made sure somebody was with you.

I didn't get killed.
You could have gotten killed.

You should have locked all the doors.
You should have made sure somebody was with you.
You could have gotten killed.
It might have been Terry.
It might not have been Terry.
Terry couldn't have been the one who tried to scare Chris.

1、 I didn't .... You should have

You should have made sure somebody was with you.

I didn't make sure somebody was with me. You should have made sure somebody was with you.
I didn't lock all the doors. You should have locked all the doors.
I didn't check to make sure they were locked. You should have checked to make sure they were locked.
I didn't call the security guard. You should have called the security guard.
I didn't know what to do. You should have known what to do.
I didn't tell them what happened. You should have told them what happened.
I wasn't very careful with the tapes. You should have been very careful with the tapes.

2、 I didn't ..... You could have ....

You could have gotten killed.

I didn't get killed. You could have gotten killed.
I didn't hurt myself. You could have hurt yourself.
I didn't have an accident. You could have had an accident.
I didn't sprain my ankle. You could have sprained your ankle.
I didn't break anything. You could have broken something.
I didn't lose anything. You could have lost something.
I didn't ruin the tapes. You could have ruined the tapes.

3、 It's possible ....might not have ...,
It's impossible ..... couldn't have ...

It might have been Terry.
It might not have been Terry.

It could have been Terry.
It couldn't have been Terry.

Terry couldn't have been the one who tried to scare Chris.

It's possible that Terry wasn't the one who tried to scare Chris. Terry might not have been the one who tried to scare Chris.
It's impossible that Terry was the one who tried to scare Chris.Terry couldn't have been the one who tried to scare Chris.
It's impossible that Mike turned off the lights. He left the studio an hour ago. Mike couldn't have turned off the lights.
It's possible that it wasn't an accident. It might not have been an accident.
Maybe it was Roger. But then, I haven't seen him all day. It's possible that he wasn't in the studio at all. It might not have been Roger.
And Rita? No, that's impossible. She wouldn't do anything like that. It couldn't have been Rita.
Maybe Detective Modine? He's been in and out of the studio all week. Of course, it's possible
that he wasn't here tonight. It might not have been Detective Modine.

三、场景学习：

1、引导语：

This is Lesson One. It's late at night. Chris is alone at the studio.Suddenly the lights go out, and
then. . . Jake enters and turns on the lights. Listen to the conversation. Listen carefully for what Chris was doing at the studio so late.

2、情景：

Chris, are you all right? What happened? I'm not sure. I was editing the tape when I heard a noise. I thought it was you. When I came out to see who was here, the lights went out and this came crashing down. You shouldn't have been working at the studio so late. I told you I was going to
work late. You should have made sure somebody was with you. I couldn't find anybody. Besides, I wanted to do it alone. Well, if you were going to be alone, you should have locked all the doors.

3、学习：

OK, what was Chris doing at the studio so late? She was working on the tape.

Now listen and repeat.

somebody was with you
you should have made sure
You should have made sure somebody was with you.
You should have made sure somebody was with you.

all the doors
You should have locked all the doors.
You should have locked all the doors.

4、引导学习：

Now you hear. . . I didn't make sure somebody was with me. And you say. . . You should have made sure somebody was with you. You hear. . . I didn't lock all the doors. And you say . . . You should have locked all the doors. OK? Let's begin.

5、练习：

I didn't make sure somebody was with me. You should have made sure somebody was with you.
I didn't lock all the doors. You should have locked all the doors.
I didn't check to make sure they were locked. You should have checked to make sure they were locked.
I didn't call the security guard. You should have called the security guard.
I didn't know what to do. You should have known what to do.
I didn't tell them what happened. You should have told them what happened.
I wasn't very careful with the tapes. You should have been very careful with the tapes.

四、场景学习：

一、引导语：

OK. Let's listen to some more of the conversation between Chris and Jake. Jake says, The first rule of journalism is . . . what? Listen carefully for what the first rule of journalism is.

2、情景：

I know, I know. I should have been more careful. And when you heard a noise, you should have called a security guard. I assumed it was you. First rule of journalism, you should never assume anything. Anyway, you should have called the police. You could have gotten killed. I could have, but I didn't. It doesn't matter anymore.

3、学习：

OK. What's the first rule of journalism? You should never assume anything.

Now listen and repeat.

gotten killed
You could have gotten killed.
You could have gotten killed.

4、引导学习：

Now you hear.. . I didn't get killed. And you say. . . You could have gotten killed. You hear. . . I didn't hurt myself. And you say. . . You could have hurt yourself. Ready? Here we go.

5、练习：

I didn't get killed. You could have gotten killed.
I didn't hurt myself. You could have hurt yourself.
I didn't have an accident. You could have had an accident.
I didn't sprain my ankle. You could have sprained your ankle.
I didn't break anything. You could have broken something.
I didn't lose anything. You could have lost something.
I didn't ruin the tapes. You could have ruined the tapes.

五、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Listen to Chris and Jake's conversation. Listen carefully. Who does Chris think scared her?

2、情景：

Did you see anybody coming out on your way in? No. This was not an accident. Someone might be trying to scare me. Do you have any idea who it might have been? It might have been Terry. It couldn't have been Terry. Why not? I saw Terry at the Nature Center.

3、学习：

OK. Who does Chris think might have scared her? Terry.

Now listen and repeat.

It might have been Terry.
It might have been Terry.
It might not have been Terry.
It might not have been Terry.

It could have been Terry.
It could have been Terry.
It couldn't have been Terry.
It couldn't have been Terry.

4、引导学习--affirmative和negative：

In the affirmative, might have and could have are about the same. They both suggest possibility.

It might have been Terry . . . Means about the same as . . . It could have been Terry.

But in the negative, might not have and could not have or couldn't have are different.

It might not have been Terry . . . Means that it's possible that Terry wasn't the one who tried to scare Chris.
It couldn't have been Terry. . . Means that it's impossible that Terry was the one who tried to scare Chris. Let's practice these negative forms. You hear. . .

5、引导学习：

It's possible that Terry wasn't the one who tried to scare Chris. And you say . . . Terry might not have been the one who tried to scare Chris. You hear. . . It's impossible that Terry was the one who tried to scare Chris. And you say . . . Terry couldn't have been the one who tried to scare Chris. All right. Let's begin.

6、练习：

It's possible that Terry wasn't the one who tried to scare Chris. Terry might not have been the one who tried to scare Chris.
It's impossible that Terry was the one who tried to scare Chris.Terry couldn't have been the one who tried to scare Chris.
It's impossible that Mike turned off the lights. He left the studio an hour ago. Mike couldn't have turned off the lights.
It's possible that it wasn't an accident. It might not have been an accident.
Maybe it was Roger. But then, I haven't seen him all day. It's possible that he wasn't in the studio at all. It might not have been Roger.
And Rita? No, that's impossible. She wouldn't do anything like that. It couldn't have been Rita.
Maybe Detective Modine? He's been in and out of the studio all week. Of course, it's possible
that he wasn't here tonight. It might not have been Detective Modine.

This is the end of Lesson One.

sunyuting1 2007-11-04 09:50
第十一册第二课

一、基本词组：
1、First, .....; then ....----- By the time we ...,

Listen carefully for when
heard about
the apartments being built.

thank you for talking with
Anything I can do to help.
why are you doing
Please don't put it that way
We didn't begin
By the time
we took over
the plans had already been
told me that until
he hadn't heard...about ..built.It was ...
When did the director ...hear about ...

had already
had been made
we took over
by the time

First, the plans were ..; then we
By the time we ..., the plans had already ....
First, they bought ..; then we heard about ..
.By the time we heard .., they had already bought ...

plans were made;
we took over.

bought the land
heard about the project.

decided to continue the investigation
completed the interview.

deal was made
news arrived at WEFL.
deal had already been made.

intruder left
entered the building.
intruder had already left.

began construction
found out about the new apartments.
had already begun construction.

learned about the past perfect
started this exercise.

2、...realized what ...before ... No. Until she ..., she ...

describe her feelings about
Until she came ... had Chris ever met ...

I guess
I have to admit that
I find . . . charming. . . Until I....,
I had never worked with ....
I hadn't edited
I had never worked
I hadn't even been
It's all so stimulating. . .
It's hard to tell whether I like .. or .. job.
I gave him .., but they didn't
Until I started working ..., I hadn't realized what ....
In fact,
until just now, I had no idea...... how much ....

Had Chris ever ...before she ...
Yes, she had.
She gave him
sailing lessons once.

what a great guy
I hadn't realized what
a great guy Jake is
Until I started working at ..., I hadn't realized what ...

Had Chris realized what
a great guy Jake is
before she started working at WEFL
No. Until she ...., she hadn't realized what ... You hear. . .
Had she ever worked with
a famous person like Jake
before she came to WEFL
No. Until she came to WEFL,
she'd never worked with
a famous person like Jake.

Had ...realized what ...before ...
No. Until she ..., she hadn't realized what ....
Had she ...with ....before...
No. Until she ..., she'd never worked with...

Had she ...so charming before she ....
No. Until she ..., she'd never ...so charming.

Had she ....really stimulating before she got ...
No. Until she got ..., she hadn't worked ....really stimulating.

Had she ever been in...before she ...
No. Until she ...EFL, she'd never been in .....

Had she heard.....before ...
No. Until ..., she hadn't heard ...

Had you.....past perfect before .....
No. Until Book Eleven,
I'd never studied the past perfect.

二、基本句子：

First, the plans were made; then we took over.
By the time we took over, the plans had already been made.

Had Chris realized what a great guy Jake is before she started working at WEFL?
No. Until she started working at WEFL, she hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is.

1、First,...; then.... ---- By the time ...

First, the plans were made; then we took over.
By the time we took over, the plans had already been made.

First, they bought the land; then we heard about the project.
By the time we heard about the project, they had already bought the land.

First, Jake decided to continue the investigation; then he completed the interview.
By the time he completed the interview, Jake had already decided to continue the investigation.

First, the deal was made; then the news arrived at WEFL.
By the time the news arrived at WEFL, the deal had already been made.

First, the intruder left; then they entered the building.
By the time they entered the building, the intruder had already left.

First, they began construction; then we found out about the new apartments.
By the time we found out about the new apartments, they had already begun construction.

First, we learned about the past perfect; then we started this exercise.
By the time we started this exercise, we had already learned about the past perfect.

2、 Had she realized what ...before she ....
No. Until she ...., she hadn't realized what ...

Had Chris realized what a great guy Jake is before she started working at WEFL?
No. Until she started working at WEFL, she hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is.

Had she ever worked with a famous person like Jake before she came to WEFL?
No. Until she came to WEFL, she'd never worked with a famous person like Jake.

Had she ever met anyone so charming before she met Jake?
No. Until she met Jake, she'd never met anyone so charming.

Had she worked on anything really stimulating before she got this job?
No. Until she got this job, she hadn't worked on anything really stimulating.

Had she ever been in front of a TV camera before she came to WEFL?
No. Until she came to WEFL, she'd never been in front of a TV camera.

Had she heard of Mirage Realty before last week?
No. Until last week, she hadn't heard of Mirage Realty.

Had you ever studied the past perfect before Book Eleven?
No. Until Book Eleven, I'd never studied the past perfect.

三、场景学习：

1、引导语：
This is Lesson Two. Jake is interviewing Thomas Ames, the head of Mirage Realty. Listen carefully for when the director of the Nature Center heard about the apartments being built.

2、情景：

Mr. Ames, thank you for talking with us. Anything I can do to help. Mr. Ames, why are you doing this to the Nature Center? Please don't put it that way, Jake. We didn't begin this project. Another company started it. By the time we took over, the plans had already been made.The director of the Nature Center told me that until last week, he hadn't heard a word about the apartments being built.It was a quick deal. OK. When did the director of the Nature Center hear about the apartments being built? Last week.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

the plans had been made
the plans had already been made we took over
we took over
by the time we took over
By the time we took over, the plans had already been made.
By the time we took over, the plans had already been made.

4、引导学习：

You hear. . . First, the plans were made; then we took over.And you say . . . By the time we took over, the plans had already been made. You hear. . . First, they bought the land; then we heard about the project. And you say. . . By the time we heard about the project, they had already bought the land. OK? Here we go.

5、练习：

First, the plans were made; then we took over.
By the time we took over, the plans had already been made.

First, they bought the land; then we heard about the project.
By the time we heard about the project, they had already bought the land.

First, Jake decided to continue the investigation; then he completed the interview.
By the time he completed the interview, Jake had already decided to continue the investigation.

First, the deal was made; then the news arrived at WEFL.
By the time the news arrived at WEFL, the deal had already been made.

First, the intruder left; then they entered the building.
By the time they entered the building, the intruder had already left.

First, they began construction; then we found out about the new apartments.
By the time we found out about the new apartments, they had already begun construction.

First, we learned about the past perfect; then we started this exercise.
By the time we started this exercise, we had already learned about the past perfect.

四、场景学习：

1、引导语：

OK. Now listen to Chris describe her feelings about Jake and her new job. Until she came to work at WEFL, had Chris ever met Jake? Listen carefully for the answer.

2、情景：

I guess I have to admit that I find Jake. . . charming. . . Until I came to WEFL, I had never worked with a famous person like Jake. I hadn't edited a videotape. I had never worked on anything really important before. I hadn't even been in front of a camera. It's all so stimulating. . . It's hard to tell whether I like Jake or the job. I gave him sailing lessons once, but they didn't mean much. Until I started working at WEFL, I hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is. In fact, until just now, I had no idea how much I liked him.

3、学习;

OK. Had Chris ever met Jake before she came to work at WEFL ?Yes, she had. She gave him sailing lessons once.

Now listen and repeat.

what a great guy
what a great guy Jake is
I hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is
until I started working at WEFL
Until I started working at WEFL, I hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is.
Until I started working at WEFL, I hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is.

4、引导学习：

You hear. . . Had Chris realized what a great guy Jake is before she started working at WEFL? And you reply. . . No. Until she started working at WEFL, she hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is. You hear. . . Had she ever worked with a famous person like Jake before she came to WEFL? And you reply. . . No. Until she came to WEFL, she'd never worked with a famous person like Jake. Ready? Let's begin.

5、练习：

Had Chris realized what a great guy Jake is before she started working at WEFL?
No. Until she started working at WEFL, she hadn't realized what a great guy Jake is.

Had she ever worked with a famous person like Jake before she came to WEFL?
No. Until she came to WEFL, she'd never worked with a famous person like Jake.

Had she ever met anyone so charming before she met Jake?
No. Until she met Jake, she'd never met anyone so charming.

Had she worked on anything really stimulating before she got this job?
No. Until she got this job, she hadn't worked on anything really stimulating.

Had she ever been in front of a TV camera before she came to WEFL?
No. Until she came to WEFL, she'd never been in front of a TV camera.

Had she heard of Mirage Realty before last week?
No. Until last week, she hadn't heard of Mirage Realty.

Had you ever studied the past perfect before Book Eleven?
No. Until Book Eleven, I'd never studied the past perfect.

And that's the end of Lesson Two.

回复引用

举报顶端

sunyuting1

级别: 管理员

显示用户信息

只看该作者 99 发表于: 2009-02-09

sunyuting1 2007-11-04 19:39
第十一册复习一

一、基本词组：

1、 two ways of expressing surprise：

goes to the doctor to have him look....
sitting in the ...when..comes out ...
Does Carlos drive ...
Fancy meeting you here
What are you doing
general checkup
I get one once
I like to take care
You look in good shape
You look pretty good
What's wrong with your
twisted my ankle
just can't walk on it
I don't know how ....
give you a lift
Oh, how nice.
What a pleasant surprise !
I never expected to see
Fancy meeting you
I'll give you a lift home.
What a pleasant surprise !

2、
telling ... about his trip to ...
Has ..ever really seen ...
... really the most beautiful ...
I've ever been to
More beautiful than ...
I read somewhere that ...
was voted the most popular destination by ....
going on vacation
Not just ..., but ...
from all over the world
It's really a wonderful place
Sounds a little crowded
You know,
until last year,
I'd never seen ...
You hadn't
I've seen it
In fact, I see it almost
Oh, you're so cute.

Has...ever really seen
No, she hasn't.
Until last year,
I'd never seen
saw ..for ... . last year. .
Until last year,
he'd never seen
went to .. last winter for ..
Until last winter,
she'd never gone to

went sailing together for ...last August.
Until last August, they'd never gone ....
...for ....last Thursday.
Until last Thursday, he'd never heard ....
... last night for the first time.
Until last night, she'd never ...
....met ... for ...two weeks ago.
Until two weeks ago, he'd never met ...
...practiced the past perfect for ...in Book Eleven.
Until Book Eleven, we'd never practiced ...
3、
going to read ...about .... Before she begins
...to keep in mind while....
...will be read ... with ...
.. important information.
don't have to write ...so you can answer

Is the size
shrinking or becoming more vast
How long have ... been living in ...
What's destroying
What's happening to more and more
species of plants and animals
If we don't do to save ..., what will happen

4、
listen carefully as ... reads the article
write down the important information
you'll need to answer
vast and beautiful.
have made it their home for
Unfortunately,
shrinking.
Industrial development ...is destroying it.
As ...disappears more and more
become extinct.
If we don't do ..., it may completely vanish in ...

It's shrinking.
How long have... For thousands of years.
What's destroying ... Industrial development.
What's happening to ... They're becoming extinct.
If we don't do ....what will happen....It may completely vanish

二、基本句子：

Fancy meeting you here !
What a pleasant surprise !
Until last year, I'd never seen the Pacific Ocean.

1、 I never expected to see you at the doctor's office. Fancy meeting you here !

I just bought a new car. I'll give you a lift home. What a pleasant surprise !

Guess what ! My boss called me into his office the other day. I thought he was going to fire me, but instead he gave me a raise. What a pleasant surprise!

Gee, I thought I was the only one who liked to come to the Nature Center at six in the morning. What are you doing out so early ! Fancy meeting you here !

Well, this is a pleasant surprise. I haven't seen you in months. Fancy meeting you here!

Wow! I just won a free trip to San Francisco. What a pleasant surprise !

You know, I think this exercise is finished. What a pleasant surprise !

2、
Terry saw the Pacific Ocean for the first time last year.
Until last year, he'd never seen the Pacific Ocean.

Rita went to Florida last winter for the first time.
Until last winter, she'd never gone to Florida.

Jake and Chris went sailing together for the first time last August.
Until last August, they'd never gone sailing together.

Mike heard of Mirage Realty for the first time last Thursday.
Until last Thursday, he'd never heard of Mirage Realty.

Chris twisted her ankle last night for the first time.
Until last night, she'd never twisted her ankle.

Raymond Modine met Chris for the first time two weeks ago.
Until two weeks ago, he'd never met Chris.

We practiced the past perfect for the first time in Book Eleven.
Until Book Eleven, we'd never practiced the past perfect.

3、Question：
Is the size of the rain forest shrinking or becoming more vast?
How long have people been living in the rain forest?
What's destroying the forest?
What's happening to more and more species of plants and animals?
If we don't do something to save the rain forest, what will happen?

4、answer the questions. Give short answers：

Now listen carefully as Chris reads the article, and write down the important information you'll need to answer the questions. The rain forest in Brazil is vast and beautiful. Many people have made it their home for thousands of years. Unfortunately, the rain forest is shrinking. Industrial development in Brazil is destroying it. People are cutting down the trees and burning them to clear the land. As the forest disappears more and more species of plants and animals become extinct. If we don't do something now to save the rain forest, it may completely vanish in a hundred years.

Is the size of the rain forest shrinking or becoming more vast? It's shrinking.
How long have people been living in the rain forest? For thousands of years.
What's destroying the forest? Industrial development.
What's happening to more and more species of plants and animals? They're becoming extinct.
If we don't do something to save the rain forest, what will happen? It may completely vanish in a hundred years.

三、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Review One. For this lesson, you'll need a pencil and a piece of paper. Mike's friend Sharon goes to the doctor to have him look at her ankle. She's sitting in the waiting room when Carlos comes out of the doctor's office. Listen to the conversation. Does Carlos drive a car? Listen carefully for the answer.

2、情景：

Well ! Fancy meeting you here. Oh, Carlos. Hello. How are you? What are you doing here? Just a general checkup. I get one once a year. I like to take care of myself. You look in good shape to me. You look pretty good yourself. What's wrong with your foot? I twisted my ankle. It's OK . . . I think. I just can't walk on it. Driving is almost impossible. I don't know how I'm going to get home. I just bought a new car. It's outside. I'll give you a lift. Oh, how nice. What a pleasant surprise !

3、学习：

OK. Does Carlos drive? Yes, he does.

Now listen and repeat.

Fancy meeting you here !
Fancy meeting you here!

What a pleasant surprise !
What a pleasant surprise !

4、引导学习：

"What a pleasant surprise ! " and " Fancy meeting you here ! " are two ways of expressing surprise. Let's practice these expressions. You hear. . . I never expected to see you at the doctor's office. And you say. . . Fancy meeting you here! You hear. . . I just bought a new car. I'll give you a lift home. And you say. . . What a pleasant surprise ! All right. Let's begin.

5、练习：

I never expected to see you at the doctor's office. Fancy meeting you here !

I just bought a new car. I'll give you a lift home. What a pleasant surprise !

Guess what ! My boss called me into his office the other day. I thought he was going to fire me, but instead he gave me a raise. What a pleasant surprise!

Gee, I thought I was the only one who liked to come to the Nature Center at six in the morning. What are you doing out so early ! Fancy meeting you here !

Well, this is a pleasant surprise. I haven't seen you in months. Fancy meeting you here!

Wow! I just won a free trip to San Francisco. What a pleasant surprise !

You know, I think this exercise is finished. What a pleasant surprise !

四、场景学习：

1、引导语：

OK. Now Terry is telling Rita about his trip to San Francisco last year. Has Rita ever really seen the Pacific Ocean? Listen carefully for the answer.

2、情景：

San Francisco is really the most beautiful city I've ever been to. More beautiful than Stamford? Well.. I read somewhere that San Francisco was voted the most popular destination by Americans going on vacation. Not just Americans, but thousands of tourists from all over the world visit San Francisco every year. It's really a wonderful place. Sounds a little crowded. No. Not a bit. You know, until last year, I'd never seen the Pacific Ocean. You hadn't? Really? Well, I've seen it many times. You have? Yeah. In fact, I see it almost every night on TV. Oh, you're so cute.

3、学习：

OK. Has Rita ever really seen the Pacific Ocean? No, she hasn't.

Now listen and repeat.

the Pacific Ocean
I'd never seen the Pacific Ocean
Until last year, I'd never seen the Pacific Ocean.
Until last year, I'd never seen the Pacific Ocean.

4、引导学习：

Now you hear. . .Terry saw the Pacific Ocean for the first time last year. And you say . . . Until last year, he'd never seen the Pacific Ocean. You hear. . . Rita went to Florida last winter for the first time. And you say . . . Until last winter, she'd never gone to Florida. Ready? Let's begin.

5、练习：

Terry saw the Pacific Ocean for the first time last year.
Until last year, he'd never seen the Pacific Ocean.

Rita went to Florida last winter for the first time.
Until last winter, she'd never gone to Florida.

Jake and Chris went sailing together for the first time last August.
Until last August, they'd never gone sailing together.

Mike heard of Mirage Realty for the first time last Thursday.
Until last Thursday, he'd never heard of Mirage Realty.

Chris twisted her ankle last night for the first time.
Until last night, she'd never twisted her ankle.

Raymond Modine met Chris for the first time two weeks ago.
Until two weeks ago, he'd never met Chris.

We practiced the past perfect for the first time in Book Eleven.
Until Book Eleven, we'd never practiced the past perfect.

五、场景学习：

1、引导语：

OK. Now Chris is going to read an article about the rain forest in Brazil. Before she begins, here
are some questions to keep in mind while listening. Take a piece of paper and a pencil. Each question will be read twice with time for you to write down the important information. You don't have to write down the whole question-just enough so you can answer later. Ready?

2、问题：

Question One. Is the size of the rain forest shrinking or becoming more vast? Is the size of the rain forest shrinking or becoming more vast?
Question Two. How long have people been living in the rain forest? How long have people been living in the rain forest?
Question Three. What's destroying the forest? What's destroying the forest?
Question Four. What's happening to more and more species of plants and animals? What's happening to more and more species of plants and animals?
Question Five. If we don't do something to save the rain forest, what will happen? If we don't do something to save the rain forest, what will happen?

六、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Now listen carefully as Chris reads the article, and write down the important information you'll need to answer the questions. The rain forest in Brazil is vast and beautiful. Many people have made it their home for thousands of years. Unfortunately, the rain forest is shrinking. Industrial development in Brazil is destroying it. People are cutting down the trees and burning them to clear the land. As the forest disappears more and more species of plants and animals become extinct. If we don't do something now to save the rain forest, it may completely vanish in a hundred years.

2、问题：

Now answer the questions. Give short answers.

Question One. Is the size of the rain forest shrinking or becoming more vast? It's shrinking.
Question Two. How long have people been living in the rain forest? For thousands of years.
Question Three. What's destroying the forest？ Industrial development.
Question Four. What's happening to more and more species of plants and animals? They're becoming extinct.
Question Five. If we don't do something to save the rain forest, what will happen? It may completely vanish in a hundred years.

This is the end of Review One.

sunyuting1 2007-11-05 11:01
第十一册第三课

一、基本词组;
1、
What did .. do to ..when ...
How long
do you have to have ...on
I told you, you should ....
have gone to
right away
You might have avoided
all of this
When I got .., I soaked it
in hot water.
I thought it
would be fine.
You shouldn't have
walked on it.
That's what ...said. . . He said...
I shouldn't have
soaked it in
I shouldn't have...either.
It's ridiculous.
How would I have
gotten to the doctor
You should have
I would have
I tried, but you weren't ...
What did..do to...when
she got home
She soaked it in hot water.

gone to the doctor
you should have
right away.

soaked it
I shouldn't have
in hot water.

We use should have to talk about ..... . in ... past
which did not happen.
For example. . .
Chris should have gone to... But,
in fact, she didn't go to ...
right away.
We also use should have to talk about...
which may or may not have .... . .
Chris should have
finished her research
by now.
Maybe she has
finished her research
maybe she hasn't.
We don't know.
We use the negative form. . .
I shouldn't have
soaked my ankle
in hot water.
To talk about ... which did ...but which were....
It wasn't a good idea for ...
Let's practice
should have and shouldn't have.

I didn't go to ... . . You should have gone to the
She shouldn't have

I didn't go to .... You should have ....
Chris drove.... She shouldn't have ...
I soaked ...You shouldn't have ....
gave me ... He shouldn't have given .....
I didn't call .... You should have called ...
I ate .... You shouldn't have eaten ...
Terry didn't show up for.... He should have...
shown up for dinner.

2、
shows up ...while ....
. What was ...supposed to...
I thought I smelled ...
. Can I join you
Weren't you
supposed to
was going to
I thought that might be
you know,
I waited and waited,
but he didn't show up.

what was ...about.
show up
but he didn't
I waited and waited,
but he didn't show up.

To show up means about ....
as to arrive.
but he didn't arrive
but he didn't show up.
I know he'll arrive
sooner or later
I know he'll show up

waited and waited,
I'm not really worried.
he'll arrive sooner or later.
he'll show up
sooner or later.
He should have
arrived by now.
He should have
shown up by now.
Does he
usually arrive so late
usually show up so late
What if he
never arrives
never shows up

3、
Now ...conversation between .... Listen carefully for what ...for .. before...stood her up.

By the time he called,
I had already made
I had cooked
I had made
I had even
Wait until I see
im face to face.
He's going to hear about
believe me.
He really stood you up.
The only thing I hadn't done
was light the candles.

What had .. prepared for ...before
Terry stood her up
A roast, a salad, and wine.

stood you up
He really stood you up.

To stand someone up
which means "
to make an appointment or a date
not show up.
had a date .., but he never showed up
He stood me up.
,has an appointment with ..
, but he's not going to show up."
He's going to stand him up.

had a date with .
but he never showed up.
He stood her up.
has an appointment with ..
, but he's not going to show up.
He's going to stand him up.
When you make a date with someone,
you should show up.
you shouldn't stand him or her up.
made an appointment with..
, and she'll show up.
She won't stand him up.
You and I have a date
You'd better show up.
You'd better not stand me up.

二、基本句子：
You should have gone to the doctor right away.
He really stood you up.

1、
I didn't go to the doctor right away. You should have gone to the doctor right away.
Chris drove her car to the doctor's office. She shouldn't have driven her car to the doctor's office.
I soaked my ankle in hot water. You shouldn't have soaked your ankle in hot water.
Raymond gave me a ride home. He shouldn't have given you a ride home.
I didn't call you. You should have called me.
I ate all those egg rolls. You shouldn't have eaten all those egg rolls.
Terry didn't show up for dinner. He should have shown up for dinner.

2、
Terry had a date with Rita, but he never showed up. He stood her up.
Steven has an appointment with Detective Modine, but he's not going to show up. He's going to stand him up.
When you make a date with someone, you should show up. When you make a date with someone, you shouldn't stand him or her up.
Chris made an appointment with Detective Modine, and she'll show up. She won't stand him up.
You and I have a date tomorrow night. You'd better show up. You and I have a date tomorrow night. You'd better not stand me up.

三、场景学习：

1、引导语：

This is Lesson Three. Chris is back at the studio. Her ankle is bandaged. She's talking to Jake.
Listen to the conversation. What did Chris do to her ankle when she got home? Listen carefully for the answer.

2、情景：

How long do you have to have this bandage on? Probably a few days. I told you, you should have gone to the doctor right away. You might have avoided all of this. When I got home, I soaked it in hot water. I thought it would be fine. You shouldn't have walked on it. That's what the doctor said. . . He said I shouldn't have soaked it in hot water. I shouldn't have driven the car either. It's ridiculous. How would I have gotten to the doctor? You should have called me. I would have taken you there. I tried, but you weren't there. You should have tried again.

3、学习：

OK. What did Chris do to her ankle when she got home? She soaked it in hot water.

Now listen and repeat.

gone to the doctor
you should have gone to the doctor
You should have gone to the doctor right away.
You should have gone to the doctor right away.

soaked it
I shouldn't have soaked it
I shouldn't have soaked it in hot water.
I shouldn't have soaked it in hot water.

4、引导学习：

We use should have to talk about things in the past which did not happen. For example. . . Chris should have gone to the doctor right away.
But, in fact, she didn't go to the doctor right away. We also use should have to talk about things which may or may not have happened. For example. . . Chris should have finished her research by now.
Maybe she has finished her research and maybe she hasn't. We don't know. We use the negative form. . . I shouldn't have soaked my ankle in hot water.
To talk about things which did happen but which were a mistake. It wasn't a good idea for Chris to soak her ankle in hot water. Let's practice should have and shouldn't have.

You hear. .. I didn't go to the doctor right away. And you say . . . You should have gone to the
doctor right away. You hear. . . Chris drove her car to the doctor's office。 And you say . . . She shouldn't have driven her car to the doctor's office. All right? Here we go.

5、练习：

I didn't go to the doctor right away. You should have gone to the doctor right away.
Chris drove her car to the doctor's office. She shouldn't have driven her car to the doctor's office.
I soaked my ankle in hot water. You shouldn't have soaked your ankle in hot water.
Raymond gave me a ride home. He shouldn't have given you a ride home.
I didn't call you. You should have called me.
I ate all those egg rolls. You shouldn't have eaten all those egg rolls.
Terry didn't show up for dinner. He should have shown up for dinner.

四、场景学习：

1、引导语：

OK. Rita shows up at the studio while Chris and Jake are eating dinner. Listen to the conversation. What was Terry supposed to teach Rita about? Listen carefully for the answer.

2、情景：

I thought I smelled Chinese food. Can I join you? Sure. Weren't you supposed to have dinner with Terry? Yes. He was going to teach me about cameras. I thought that might be a good hobby for me, you know, photography. I waited and waited, but he didn't show up. Oh, no.

3、学习：

Well, what was Terry supposed to teach Rita about? Cameras.

Now listen and repeat.

show up
but he didn't show up
I waited and waited, but he didn't show up.
I waited and waited, but he didn't show up.

4、引导学习：

To show up means about the same as to arrive. Let's practice this expression. I say, "I waited and waited, but he didn't arrive." And you say. . . I waited and waited, but he didn't show up. I say, "I'm not really worried. I know he'll arrive sooner or later." And you say. . . I'm not really worried. I know he'll show up sooner or later. Ready? Let's begin.

5、练习：

I waited and waited, but he didn't arrive. I waited and waited, but he didn't show up.
I'm not really worried. I know he'll arrive sooner or later. I'm not really worried. I know he'll show up sooner or later.
It's ten o'clock. He should have arrived by now. It's ten o'clock. He should have shown up by now.
Does he usually arrive so late? Does he usually show up so late?
What if he never arrives? What if he never shows up?

五、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Now here's some more of the conversation between Chris and Rita. Listen carefully for what
Rita had prepared for dinner before Terry stood her up.

2、情景：

Yeah. By the time he called, I had already made the entire dinner. I had cooked the roast and set the table. I had made the salad. I had even poured the wine. Wait until I see him face to face. He's going to hear about this, believe me. He really stood you up. The only thing I hadn't done was light the candles.

3、学习：

OK. What had Rita prepared for dinner before Terry stood her up? A roast, a salad, and wine.

Now listen and repeat.

stood you up
He really stood you up.
He really stood you up.

4、引导学习：

To stand someone up is an idiomatic expression which means "to make an appointment or a date with someone and then not show up.
My boyfriend and I had a date tonight for dinner, but he never showed up. He stood me up.
Let's practice this expression. I say, ''Terry had a date with Rita. but he never showed up." And you say. . . He stood her up. I say, "Steven has an appointment with Detective Modine, but he's not going to show up." And you say. . . He's going to stand him up. Ready? Let's go.

5、练习：

Terry had a date with Rita, but he never showed up. He stood her up.
Steven has an appointment with Detective Modine, but he's not going to show up. He's going to stand him up.
When you make a date with someone, you should show up. When you make a date with someone, you shouldn't stand him or her up.
Chris made an appointment with Detective Modine, and she'll show up. She won't stand him up.
You and I have a date tomorrow night. You'd better show up. You and I have a date tomorrow night. You'd better not stand me up.

This is the end of Lesson Three.

sunyuting1 2007-11-06 19:48
第十一册第四课

一、基本词组：

If I take .., I'll go to ...
If hadn't ..., it would have ....
It's too bad ,I'm so sorry,It's a pity

1、 If I take .., I'll go to ...
If I take,had, took , have,.don't get ,. didn't have , hadn't ,didn't talk .... , I'll go to, I'd go to, I'll visit ...

I have .... Where are you ...I'm not sure. If I take ..., I'll go to.... But if I take ..., I'll go to ... You're lucky. I have no .... But if I had .., I'd go to ... And if I had..., I'd take ...

take a vacation
took a vacation

If I take .., I'll go to ...
If I had .., I'd go to....
If I took ..., I'd go to ...
If I have ., I'll visit ...
If I had ..., I'd take ....
If l don't get ... , I'll wait until ...
If I didn't have ..., I'd go to....

2、 If hadn't ..., it would have ....
if you hadn't ,had,he didn't,didn't talk ,didn't get ,didn't have .....,it would have , wasn't ,didn't get ,couldn't,could have ....would have eaten ...if he'd had ...

It's ... You don't .... If you hadn't ..., it would ... Better,bad? I didn't mean that. I'm sorry. It's just that. . . if you had talked about ..., it would have been ....

What was ...past unreal conditional
If you had talked about .., it would have...

if you hadn't smiled ..., it would have been ...
If you had talked about ..., it would have been ...

didn't talk about . Her story wasn't ....
If ... had talked about ..., her story would have been ....

.didn't get to .... He couldn't talk to .....
If .. had gotten to ..., he could have talked to....

.didn't have a chance to ask .... He didn't get ....
If ..had had a chance to ask ..., he would have gotten....

Chris .... She couldn't....
If ...hadn't ..., she could have ....

was late .... She ..later than usual. wouldn't have been late ...if she hadn't ...later thtan usual.
didn't ... He didn't have ... would have eaten ...if he'd had ...
couldn't go .... She .... could have gone ...if she hadn't ....
...was .... It was .... ...wouldn't have been ... if it hadn't been ....
couldn't get .... didn't arrive .... could have gotten....if we'd arrived ....
didn't enjoy .... It rained .... would have enjoyed ...if it hadn't ....

3、It's too bad ， I'm so sorry ，It's a pity ：

It's too bad that ...
I'm so sorry my story ...

No. It's too bad I didn't see...
I'm so sorry you....
No. It's a pity I didn't take ....
I'm so sorry your mother ...
It's too bad you failed ....
It's a pity you forgot ....
It's too bad you didn't know about ....

二、基本句子：

If I take a vacation for a week, I'll go to New York City.

if you hadn't smiled so much, it would have been better.

It's too bad that I twisted my ankle. I'm so sorry my story didn't turn out well.It's a pity you forgot to take your camera on your vacation.

1、 If I take a vacation for a week, I'll go to New York City.
If I had a week for my vacation, I'd go to Florida.

If I take a vacation. Go to New York City. If I take a vacation, I'll go to New York City.
If I took a vacation. Go to Florida. If I took a vacation, I'd go to Florida.
If I have enough time. Visit my friends in Stamford. If I have enough time, I'll visit my friends in Stamford.
If I had more money. Take more interesting vacations. If I had more money, I'd take more interesting vacations.
If l don't get too hungry. Wait until eight o'clock to have dinner. If I don't get too hungry, I'll wait until eight o'clock to have dinner.
If I didn't have so much work to do. Go to the movies with you. If I didn't have so much work to do, I'd go to the movies with you.

2、 if you hadn't smiled so much, it would have been better.
If you had talked about the value of the Nature Center, it would have been more interesting

Chris didn't talk about the value of the Nature Center. Her story wasn't more interesting.
If Chris had talked about the value of the Nature Center, her story would have been more interesting.

Jake didn't get to the office early enough. He couldn't talk to the secretary there.
If Jake had gotten to the office early enough, he could have talked to the secretary there.

Jake didn't have a chance to ask some important questions. He didn't get the answers he needed.
If Jake had had a chance to ask some important questions, he would have gotten the answershe needed.

Chris twisted her ankle. She couldn't help Jake more.
If Chris hadn't twisted her ankle, she could have helped Jake more.

Rita was late today. She left the house later than usual. Rita wouldn't have been late today if she hadn't left the house later titan usual.
Jake didn't eat lunch. He didn't have enough time. Jake would have eaten lunch if he'd had enough time.
Chris couldn't go with Jake. She twisted her ankle. Chris could have gone with Jake if she hadn't twisted her ankle.
The Nature Center was crowded. It was a holiday. The Nature Center wouldn't have been crowded if it hadn't been a holiday.
We couldn't get into the Nature Center. We didn't arrive early enough. We could have gotten into the Nature Center if we'd arrived early enough.
We didn't enjoy our vacation. It rained most of the week. We would have enjoyed our vacation if it hadn't rained most of the week.

3、 It's too bad that I twisted my ankle.
I'm so sorry my story didn't turn out well.

Mrs. Lorenzo just left the building. Did you see her?Too bad. No. It's too bad I didn't see her. I twisted my ankle. So sorry. I'm so sorry you twisted your ankle.

Did you take any pictures in Los Angeles? Pity. No. It's a pity I didn't take any pictures in Los Angeles.
My mother is very sick. So sorry. I'm so sorry your mother is very sick.
I failed my English exam. Too bad. It's too bad you failed your English exam.
I forgot to take my camera on my vacation. Pity. It's a pity you forgot to take your camera on your vacation.
I didn't know about the concert until the next day. Too bad. It's too bad you didn't know about the concert until the next day.

三、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Lesson Four. Listen to this conversation between two friends who are discussing their vacations.

2、情景：

I have some vacation time coming soon. Where are you planning to go? I'm not sure. If I take a vacation for a week, I'll go to New York City. But if I take two weeks for my vacation, I'll go to Europe. You're lucky. I have no vacation time at all. But if I had a week for my vacation, I'd go to Florida. And if I had two weeks, I'd take a trip to Mexico.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

I'll go to New York City
I'll go to New York City
if I take a vacation for a week
if I take a vacation for a week
If I take a vacation for a week, I'll go to New York City.
If I take a vacation for a week, I'll go to New York City.

I'd go to Florida
I'd go to Florida
if I had a week for my vacation
if I had a week for my vacation
If I had a week for my vacation, I'd go to Florida.
If I had a week for my vacation, I'd go to Florida.

4、引导学习：hear part of a future real condition after if "If I take a vacation"or hear present unreal condition after if: "If I took a vacation." hear verb base form, "Go to New York City." Combine the two parts to a conditional sentence.

Now you'll hear part of a future real condition after if: like "If I take a vacation," or you'll hear part of a present unreal condition after if: like "If I took a vacation." Then you'll hear the rest of the sentence with a verb in the base form, like "Go to New York City." Combine the two parts of the sentence to form a conditional sentence. For example, you hear. . .

If I take a vacation. Go to New York City. And you say. . . If I take a vacation, I'll go to New York City. Or you hear. . . If I took a vacation. Go to Florida. And you say . . . If I took a vacation, I'd go to Florida. All right, let's begin.

5、练习：

If I take a vacation. Go to New York City. If I take a vacation, I'll go to New York City.
If I took a vacation. Go to Florida. If I took a vacation, I'd go to Florida.
If I have enough time. Visit my friends in Stamford. If I have enough time, I'll visit my friends in Stamford.
If I had more money. Take more interesting vacations. If I had more money, I'd take more interesting vacations.
If l don't get too hungry. Wait until eight o'clock to have dinner. If I don't get too hungry, I'll wait until eight o'clock to have dinner.
If I didn't have so much work to do. Go to the movies with you. If I didn't have so much work to do, I'd go to the movies with you.

四、场景学习： past unreal conditional

1、引导语：

Now listen to this conversation between Chris and Jake. They're talking about the news report she did on the Stamford Nature Center. Notice when they use the past unreal conditional.

If you hadn't smiled so much, it would have been better.
Listen carefully to the entire conversation for another example of the past unreal conditional.

2、情景：

It's interesting. You don't like it. If you hadn't smiled so much, it would have been better. Better? It's bad? I didn't mean that. I'm sorry. It's just that. . . if you had talked about the value of the Nature Center, it would have been more interesting.

What was the second example of the past unreal conditional? If you had talked about the value of the Nature Center, it would have been more interesting.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

if you hadn't smiled so much
if you hadn't smiled so much
if would have been better
if would have been better
if you hadn't smiled so much, it would have been better.
if you hadn't smiled so much, it would have been better.

if you had talked about the value of the Nature Center
if you had talked about the value of the Nature Center
it would have been more interesting
it would have been more interesting
If you had talked about the value of the Nature Center, it would have been more interesting.
If you had talked about the value of the Nature Center, it would have been more interesting

4、引导学习：

Now you're going to hear two sentences. Combine the two sentences into one sentence, using a past unreal conditional. For example, you hear. . . Chris didn't talk about the value of the Nature Center. Her story wasn't more interesting. And you say . . .: If Chris had talked about the value of the Nature Center, her story would have been more interesting. Or you hear. . . Jake didn't get to the office early enough. He couldn't talk to the secretary there. And you say . . . If Jake had gotten to the office early enough, he could have talked to the secretary there. OK? Let's begin.

5、练习：

Chris didn't talk about the value of the Nature Center. Her story wasn't more interesting.
If Chris had talked about the value of the Nature Center, her story would have been more interesting.

Jake didn't get to the office early enough. He couldn't talk to the secretary there.
If Jake had gotten to the office early enough, he could have talked to the secretary there.

Jake didn't have a chance to ask some important questions. He didn't get the answers he needed.
If Jake had had a chance to ask some important questions, he would have gotten the answershe needed.

Chris twisted her ankle. She couldn't help Jake more.
If Chris hadn't twisted her ankle, she could have helped Jake more.

6、引导学习：

Now let's change the two clauses of the sentence so that instead of starting with if, we start with the result. For example, instead of saying . . . If you hadn't smiled so much, it would have been better. You say. . . It would have been better if you hadn't smiled so much. Now listen to these examples. You hear. . . Rita was late today. She left the house later than usual. And you say. . . Rita wouldn't have been late today if she hadn't left the house later than usual. Or you hear. . . Jake didn't eat lunch. He didn't have enough time. And you say . . . Jake would have eaten lunch if he'd had enough time. All right? Let's begin.

7、练习：

Rita was late today. She left the house later than usual. Rita wouldn't have been late today if she hadn't left the house later titan usual.
Jake didn't eat lunch. He didn't have enough time. Jake would have eaten lunch if he'd had enough time.
Chris couldn't go with Jake. She twisted her ankle. Chris could have gone with Jake if she hadn't twisted her ankle.
The Nature Center was crowded. It was a holiday. The Nature Center wouldn't have been crowded if it hadn't been a holiday.
We couldn't get into the Nature Center. We didn't arrive early enough. We could have gotten into the Nature Center if we'd arrived early enough.
We didn't enjoy our vacation. It rained most of the week. We would have enjoyed our vacation if it hadn't rained most of the week.

五、场景学习：

1、引导语：

Now to end this lesson, listen to Chris as she apologizes to Jake for not being able to help him more. Notice how she expresses her regret.

2、情景：

It's too bad that I twisted my ankle. If I hadn't hurt my ankle I could have helped you more . . . I'm so sorry my story didn't turn out well. I tried with it, but I guess it isn't as good as I had hoped.

3、学习：

Now listen and repeat.

I twisted my ankle
I twisted my ankle
it's too bad
it's too bad
It's too bad that I twisted my ankle.
It's too bad that I twisted my ankle.

my story didn't turn out well
my story didn't turn out well
I'm so sorry
I'm so sorry
I'm so sorry my story didn't turn out well.
I'm so sorry my story didn't turn out well.

4、引导语：either "It's too bad," "I'm so sorry," or "It's a pity."

Now you're going to hear a sentence about something that makes you express regret. Then you'll hear some cue words- either Too bad, So sorry, or Pity. Use the cue words in a sentence beginning either "It's too bad," "I'm so sorry," or "It's a pity." For example, you hear. . .

5、引导学习：

Mrs. Lorenzo just left the building. Did you see her?: Too bad. And you say. . .: No. It's too bad I didn't see her. Or you hear. . . I twisted my ankle. So sorry. And you say. . . I'm so sorry you twisted your ankle. OK? Let's begin.

6、练习：

Mrs. Lorenzo just left the building. Did you see her?Too bad. No. It's too bad I didn't see her. I twisted my ankle. So sorry. I'm so sorry you twisted your ankle.

Did you take any pictures in Los Angeles? Pity. No. It's a pity I didn't take any pictures in Los Angeles.
My mother is very sick. So sorry. I'm so sorry your mother is very sick.
I failed my English exam. Too bad. It's too bad you failed your English exam.
I forgot to take my camera on my vacation. Pity. It's a pity you forgot to take your camera on your vacation.
I didn't know about the concert until the next day. Too bad. It's too bad you didn't know about the concert until the next day.

This is the end of Lesson Four.

sunyuting1 2007-11-07 08:46
论压码听懂的英语行业标准
压码是否听懂不是你是否听写下来正确就能检验的。比如我上面的一篇文章，你不听语音，也不用你自己读，你就可以心念压码抄写和心念压码注音出来，代表你语音是否正确，压码听懂是否到家？
现在我做一个范例，就能证明是否已经压码听懂。

回复引用

举报顶端

发帖回复

« 返回列表

«7 8 91011 12 13 14 »

共24页

上一主题下一主题


	http://www.sytym.com 访问内容超出本站范围，不能确定是否安全


	关闭您还没有登录，快捷通道只有在登录后才能使用。立即登录还没有帐号？赶紧注册一个


	关闭选中1篇全选

帖子

书签

浏览小技巧